# Augmenting Human Intellect: A Conceptual Framework

Engelbart's SRI report laying out a systematic program for using computers to raise human problem-solving capability.

FOSR-3223 


Summary  Report 


AUGMENTING  HUMAN  INTELLECT:  A  CONCEPTUAL  FRAMEWORK 


Prepared  for: 

DIRECTOR  OF  INFORMATION  SCIENCES 
AIR  FORCE  OFFICE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  RESEARCH 
WASHINGTON  25,  D.C. 

CONTRACT  AF  49(638)-1024 


By:  D.  C.  Engelbart 


MENLO  PARK,  CALIFORNIA 


STANFORD  RESEARCH  INSTITUTE 


Republished  in  abridged  form  in  Vistas  in  Information 
Handling ,  Howerton  and  Weeks  [Editors],  Spartan  Books, 
Washington,  D.C.,  1963,  pp.  1-29,  titled  "A  Conceptual 
Framework  for  the  Augmentation  of  Man's  Intellect.11 


( )ctober  1 96 2 


AFOSR-3223 

Summary  Re  par  l 


AUGMENTING  HUMAN  INTELLECT:  A  CONCEPTUAL  FRAMEWORK 


Prepared  for: 

DIRECTOR  OF  INFORMATION  SCIENCES 
AIR  FORCE  OFFICE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  RESEARCH 
WASHINGTON  25,  D.C. 


CONTRACT  AF  49(638)-1024 


By:  D.  C.  Engelbart 

SRI  Project  No.  3578 


Approved: 


R.  C.  AMARA  MANAGER  SYSTEMS  ENGINEERING  DEPARTMENT 


. 

'E,  DIRECTOR  ENGINEERING  SCIENCES  DIVISION 


il 


Copy  No 


2 


ABSTRACT 


This  is  an  initial  summary  report  of  a  project  taking  a  new  and 
systematic  approach  to  improving  the  intellectual  effectiveness  of  the 
individual  human  being.  A  detailed  conceptual  framework  explores  the 
nature  of  the  system  composed  of  the  individual  and  the  tools,  concepts, 
and  methods  that  match  his  basic  capabilities  to  his  problems.  One  of 
the  tools  that  shows  the  greatest  immediate  promise  is  the  computer, 
when  it  can  be  harnessed  for  direct  on-line  assistance,  integrated  with 
new  concepts  and  methods. 


ii 


FOREWORD 


This  report  describes  a  study  that  was  carried  on  at  Stanford 
Research  Institute  under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the  Institute  and  the 
Directorate  of  Information  Sciences  of  the  Air  Force  Office  of  Scientific 
Research  [Contract  AF  49 (638) -1024  ] .  Mrs.  Rowena  Swanson  was  the  AFOSR 
Project  Supervisor  for  this  study. 


CONTENTS 


ABSTRACT . , .  i± 

FOREWORD . iii 

LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS.  .  . .  vi 

I  INTRODUCTION .  ......  .  .....  1 

A.  GENERAL.  ......  .  ...  1 

B.  OBJECTIVE  OF  THE  STUDY  . . .  6 

II  CONCEPTUAL  FRAMEWORK .  8 

A.  GENERAL .  8 

B.  SUMMARY  OF  THE  BASIC  PERSPECTIVE .  15 

C.  DETAILED  DISCUSSION  OF  THE  H-LAM/T  SYSTEM.  ......  17 

1.  The  Source  of  Intelligence.  . .  17 

2.  Intelligence  Amplification . 19 

3.  Two-Domain  System  . .  20 

4.  Concepts,  Symbols,  and  a  Hypothesis  .  21 

5.  Capability  Repertoire  Hierarchy  .  29 

a.  Basic  Capabilities  . .  29 

b.  Structure  Types.  .  31 

c.  Roles  and  Levels . .  .  .  40 

d.  Model  of  Executive  Superstructure .  42 

e.  Flexibility  in  the  Executive  Role, .  43 

f.  Compound  Effects  . . .  45 

III  EXAMPLES  AND  DISCUSSION .  47 

A,  BACKGROUND . 47 

1.  What  Vannevar  Bush  Proposed  in  1945  ........  48 

2.  Comments  Related  to  Bush’s  Article.  .......  55 

3.  Some  Possibilities  with  Cards  and  Relatively 

Simple  Equipment.  .........  .  56 

a.  An  Existing  Note  and  File  System  ......  56 

b.  Comments  on  the  System . 58 

c.  Associative-Linking  Possibilities .  59 

d.  An  Experiment  Illustrating  Usage  and 

Further  System  Possibilities  ...  .  60 

4.  A  Quick  Summary  of  Relevant  Computer  Technology  .  63 

5.  Other  Related  Thought  and  Work . .  70 

iv 


B.  HYPOTHETICAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  COMPUTER-BASED 

AUGMENTATION  SYSTEM .  73 

1.  Background .  73 

2.  Single-Frame  Composition.  .  . .  76 

3.  Single-Frame  Manipulation  .  ...  79 

4.  Structuring  an  Argument . 81 

5.  General  Symbol  Structuring . 89 

6.  Process  Structuring  .  92 

7.  Team  Cooperation . 105 

8.  Miscellaneous  Advanced  Concepts  .  107 

IV  RESEARCH  RECOMMENDATIONS.  . .  115 

A.  OBJECTIVES  FOR  A  RESEARCH  PROGRAM. .  115 

B.  BASIC  RESEARCH  CONDITIONS .  115 

C.  WHOM  TO  AUGMENT  FIRST .  116 

D.  BASIC  REGENERATIVE  FEATURE . 118 

E.  TOOLS  DEVELOPED  AND  TOOLS  USED  . .  119 

F.  RESEARCH  PLAN  FOR  ACTIVITY  A  1 . 120 

G.  A  SECOND  PHASE  IN  THE  RESEARCH  PROGRAM . .  .  123 

V  SUMMARY  . .  128 

VI  CONCLUSIONS .  131 

REFERENCES  ..........  .  133 


v 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


Fig.  1  Portrayal  of  the  Two  Active  Domains  Within 

the  H-LAM/T  System .  20 

Fig o  2  Experimental  Results  of  Tying  a  Brick  to  a  Pencil 

to  "De-Augment”  The  Individual  .  27 

Fig.  3  Initial  Augmentation-Research  Program .  120 

Fig.  4  Regeneration .  121 

Fig.  5  A  Total  Program .  126 


vi 


AUGMENTING  HUMAN  INTELLECT 


I  INTRODUCTION 

A .  GENERAL 

By  augmenting  human  intellect"  we  mean  increasing  the  capability 
of  a  man  to  approach  a  complex  problem  situation,  to  gain  comprehension 
to  suit  his  particular  needs,  and  to  derive  solutions  to  problems.  In¬ 
creased  capability  in  this  respect  is  taken  to  mean  a  mixture  of  the 
following:  more-rapid  comprehension,  better  comprehension,  the  possi¬ 
bility  of  gaining  a  useful  degree  of  comprehension  in  a  situation  that 
previously  was  too  complex,  speedier  solutions,  better  solutions,  and 
the  possibility  of  finding  solutions  to  problems  that  before  seemed 
insoluble .  And  by  complex  situations"  we  include  the  professional 
problems  of  diplomats,  executives,  social  scientists,  life  scientists, 
physical  scientists,  attorneys,  designers — whether  the  problem  situation 
exists  for  twenty  minutes  or  twenty  years.  We  do  not  speak  of  isolated 
clever  tricks  that  help  in  particular  situations.  We  refer  to  a  way  of 
life  in  an  integrated  domain  where  hunches,  cut-and-try,  intangibles, 
and  the  human  feel  for  a  situation"  usefully  co-exist  with  powerful 
concepts,  streamlined  terminology  and  notation,  sophisticated  methods, 
and  high-powered  electronic  aids. 

Man’s  population  and  gross  product  are  increasing  at  a  considerable 
rate,  but  the  complexity  of  his  problems  grows  still  faster,  and  the 
urgency  with  which  solutions  must  be  found  becomes  steadily  greater  in 
response  to  the  increased  rate  of  activity  and  the  increasingly  global 
nature  of  that  activity.  Augmenting  man’s  intellect,  in  the  sense  de¬ 
fined  above,  would  warrant  full  pursuit  by  an  enlightened  society  if 
there  could  be  shown  a  reasonable  approach  and  some  plausible  benefits. 

This  report  covers  the  first  phase  of  a  program  aimed  at  developing 
means  to  augment  the  human  intellect.  These  "means"  can  include  many 
things--all  of  which  appear  to  be  but  extensions  of  means  developed  and 


1 


/ 


used  in  the  past  to  help  man  apply  his  native  sensory,  mental,  and  motor 
capabilities — and  we  consider  the  whole  system  of  a  human  and  his  aug¬ 
mentation  means  as  a  proper  field  of  search  for  practical  possibilities. 

It  is  a  very  important  system  to  our  society,  and  like  most  systems  its 
performance  can  best  be  improved  by  considering  the  whole  as  a  set  of 
interacting  components  rather  than  by  considering  the  components  in 
isolation. 

This  kind  of  system  approach  to  human  intellectual  effectiveness 
does  not  find  a  ready-made  conceptual  framework  such  as  exists  for  es¬ 
tablished  disciplines.  Before  a  research  program  can  be  designed  to  pur¬ 
sue  such  an  approach  intelligently,  so  that  practical  benefits  might  be 
derived  within  a  reasonable  time  while  also  producing  results  of  long- 
range  significance,  a  conceptual  framework  must  be  searched  out — a  frame¬ 
work  that  provides  orientation  as  to  the  important  factors  of  the  system, 
the  relationships  among  these  factors,  the  types  of  change  among  the 
system  factors  that  offer  likely  improvements  in  perf ormance,  and  the 
sort  of  research  goals  and  methodology  that  seem  promising.* 

In  the  first  (search)  phase  of  our  program  we  have  developed  a 
conceptual  framework  that  seems  satisfactory  for  the  current  needs  of 
designing  a  research  phase.  Section  II  contains  the  essence  of  this 
framework  as  derived  from  several  different  ways  of  looking  at  the  system 
made  up  of  a  human  and  his  intellect-augmentation  means. 

The  process  of  developing  this  conceptual  framework  brought  out  a 
number  of  significant  realizations:  that  the  intellectual  effectiveness 
exercised  today  by  a  given  human  has  little  likelihood  of  being  intelli¬ 
gence  limited  that  there  are  dozens  of  disciplines  in  engineering, 
mathematics,  and  the  social,  life,  and  physical  sciences  that  can  contri¬ 
bute  improvements  to  the  system  of  intellect-augmentation  means;  that 
any  one  such  improvement  can  be  expected  to  trigger  a  chain  of  coordinating 

* 

Kennedy  and  Putt  (see  Ref.  1  in  the  list  at  the  end  of  the  report)  bring 
out  the  importance  of  a  conceptual  framework  to  the  process  of  research. 
They  point  out  that  new,  multi-disciplinary  research  generally  finds  no 
such  framework  to  fit  within,  that  a  framework  of  sorts  would  grow 
eventually,  but  that  an  explicit  framework-search  phase  preceding  the 
research  is  much  to  be  preferred. 


2 


improvements;  that  until  every  one  of  these  disciplines  comes  to  a  stand¬ 
still  and  we  have  exhausted  all  the  improvement  possibilities  we  could 
glean  from  it,  we  can  expect  to  continue  to  develop  improvements  in  this 
human-intellect  system;  that  there  is  no  particular  reason  not  to  ex¬ 
pect  gains  in  personal  intellectual  effectiveness  from  a  concerted  system- 
oriented  approach  that  compare  to  those  made  in  personal  geographic  mo¬ 
bility  since  horseback  and  sailboat  days. 

The  picture  of  how  one  can  view  the  possibilities  for  a  systematic 
approach  to  increasing  human  intellectual  effectiveness,  as  put  forth  in 
Section  II  in  the  sober  and  general  terms  of  an  initial  basic  analysis, 
does  not  seem  to  convey  all  of  the  richness  and  promise  that  was  stimulated 
by  the  development  of  that  picture.  Consequently,  Section  III  is  intended 
to  present  some  definite  images  that  illustrate  meaningful  possibilities 
deriveable  from  the  conceptual  framework  presented  in  Section  II — and  in 
a  rather  marked  deviation  from  ordinary  technical  writing,  a  good  portion 
of  Section  III  presents  these  images  in  a  fiction-dialogue  style  as  a 
mechanism  for  transmitting  a  feeling  for  the  richness  and  promise  of  the 
possibilities  in  one  region  of  the  "improvement  space"  that  is  roughly 
mapped  in  Section  II. 

The  style  of  Section  III  seems  to  make  for  easier  reading.  If 
Section  II  begins  to  seem  unrewardingly  difficult,  the  reader  may  find  it 
helpful  to  skip  from  Section  II-B  directly  to  Section  III.  If  it  serves 
its  purpose  well  enough,  Section  III  will  provide  a  context  within  which 
the  reader  can  go  back  and  finish  Section  II  with  less  effort. 

In  Section  IV  (Research  Recommendations)  we  present  a  general  strategy 
for  pursuing  research  toward  increasing  human  intellectual  effectiveness. 
This  strategy  evolved  directly  from  the  concepts  presented  in  Sections  II 
and  III;  one  of  its  important  precepts  is  to  pursue  the  quickest  gains 
first,  and  use  the  increased  intellectual  effectiveness  thus  derived  to 
help  pursue  successive  gains.  We  see  the  quickest  gains  emerging  from 
(l)  giving  the  human  the  minute-by-minute  services  of  a  digital  computer 
equipped  with  computer-driven  cathode-ray-tube  display,  and  (2)  developing 
the  new  methods  of  thinking  and  working  that  allow  the  human  to  capitalize 


3 


upon  the  computer* s  help.  By  this  same  strategy,  we  recommend  that  an 
initial  research  effort  develop  a  prototype  system  of  this  sort  aimed  at 
increasing  human  effectiveness  in  the  task  of  computer  programming. 

To  give  the  reader  an  initial  orientation  about  what  sort  of  thing 
this  computer-aided  working  system  might  be,  we  include  below  a  short 
description  of  a  possible  system  of  this  sort.  This  illustrative  example 
is  not  to  be  considered  a  description  of  the  actual  system  that  will 
emerge  from  the  program.  It  is  given  only  to  show  the  general  direction 
of  the  work,  and  is  clothed  in  fiction  only  to  make  it  easier  to 
visualize . 

Let  us  consider  an  "augmented"  architect  at  work.  He  sits  at  a 
working  station  that  has  a  visual  display  screen  some  three  feet  on  a 
side;  this  is  his  working  surface,  and  is  controlled  by  a  computer  (his 
"clerk")  with  which  he  can  communicate  by  means  of  a  small  keyboard  and 
various  other  devices. 

He  is  designing  a  building.  He  has  already  dreamed  up  several 
basic  layouts  and  structural  forms,  and  is  trying  them  out  on  the  screen. 
The  surveying  data  for  the  layout  he  is  working  on  now  have  already  been 
entered,  and  he  has  just  coaxed  the  "clerk"  to  show  him  a  perspective 
view  of  the  steep  hillside  building  site  with  the  roadway  above,  symbolic 
representations  of  the  various  trees  that  are  to  remain  on  the  lot,  and 
the  service  tie  points  for  the  different  utilities.  The  view  occupies 
the  left  two-thirds  of  the  screen.  With  a  "pointer,"  he  indicates  two 
points  of  interest,  moves  his  left  hand  rapidly  over  the  keyboard,  and 
the  distance  and  elevation  between  the  points  indicated  appear  on  the 
right-hand  third  of  the  screen. 

Now  he  enters  a  reference  line  with  his  "pointer"  and  the  keyboard. 
Gradually  the  screen  begins  to  show  the  work  he  is  doing — a  neat  excavation 
appears  in  the  hillside,  revises  itself  slightly,  and  revises  itself 
again.  After  a  moment,  the  architect  changes  the  scene  on  the  screen 
to  an  overhead  plan  view  of  the  site,  still  showing  the  excavation. .  A 
few  minutes  of  study,  and  he  enters  on  the  keyboard  a  list  of  items, 
checking  each  one  as  it  appears  on  the  screen,  to  be  studied  later. 


4 


Ignoring  the  representation  on  the  display,  the  architect  next  be¬ 
gins  to  enter  a  series  of  specifications  and  data — a  six-inch  slab  floor, 
twelve-inch  concrete  walls  eight  feet  high  within  the  excavation,  and  so 
on.  When  he  has  finished,  the  revised  scene  appears  on  the  screen.  A 
structure  is  taking  shape.  He  examines  it,  adjusts  it,  pauses  long 
enough  to  ask  for  handbook  or  catalog  information  from  the  "clerk"  at 
various  points,  and  readjusts  accordingly.  He  often  recalls  from  the 
clerk  his  working  lists  of  specifications  and  considerations  to  refer 
to  them,  modify  them,  or  add  to  them.  These  lists  grow  into  an  ever- 
more-detailed,  interlinked  structure,  which  represents  the  maturing 
thought  behind  the  actual  design. 

Prescribing  different  planes  here  and  there,  curved  surfaces 
occasionally,  and  moving  the  whole  structure  about  five  feet,  he  finally 
has  the  rough  external  form  of  the  building  balanced  nicely  with  the 
setting  and  he  is  assured  that  this  form  is  basically  compatible  with  the 
materials  to  be  used  as  well  as  with  the  function  of  the  building. 

Now  he  begins  to  enter  detailed  information  about  the  interior.  Here 
the  capability  of  the  "clerk"  to  show  him  any  view  he  wants  to  examine 
(a  slice  of  the  interior,  or  how  the  structure  would  look  from  the  road¬ 
way  above)  is  important.  He  enters  particular  fixture  designs,  and 
examines  them  in  a  particular  room.  He  checks  to  make  sure  that  sun 
glare  from  the  windows  will  not  blind  a  driver  on  the  roadway,  and  the 
clerk  computes  the  information  that  one  window  will  reflect  strongly 
onto  the  roadway  between  6  and  6:30  on  midsummer  mornings. 

Next  he  begins  a  functional  analysis.  He  has  a  list  of  the  people 
who  will  occupy  this  building,  and  the  daily  sequences  of  their  activities. 
The  clerk  allows  him  to  follow  each  in  turn,  examining  how  doors  swing, 
where  special  lighting  might  be  needed.  Finally  he  has  the  "clerk"  com¬ 
bine  all  of  these  sequences  of  activity  to  indicate  spots  where  traffic 
is  heavy  in  the  building,  or  where  congestion  might  occur,  and  to  deter¬ 
mine  what  the  severest  drain  on  the  utilities  is  likely  to  be. 

All  of  this  information  (the  building  design  and  its  associated 
thought  structure  )  can  be  stored  on  a  tape  to  represent  the  "design 


5 


manual  for  the  building.  Loading  this  tape  into  his  own  "clerk," 
another  architect,  a  builder,  or  the  client  can  maneuver  within  this 
design  manual”  to  pursue  whatever  details  or  insights  are  of  interest 

to  him  and  can  append  special  notes  that  are  integrated  into  the 

design  manual"  for  his  own  or  someone  else's  later  benefit. 

In  such  a  future  working  relationship  between  human  problem-solver 
and  computer  clerk,”  the  capability  of  the  computer  for  executing  mathe¬ 
matical  processes  would  be  used  whenever  it  was  needed.  However,  the 
computer  has  many  other  capabilities  for  manipulating  and  displaying 
information  that  can  be  of  significant  benefit  to  the  human  in  non- 
mathematical  processes  of  planning,  organizing,  studying,  etc.  Every 
person  who  does  his  thinking  with  symbolized  concepts  (whether  in  the 
form  of  the  English  language,  pictographs,  formal  logic,  or  mathematics) 
should  be  able  to  benefit  significantly. 

B,  OBJECTIVE  OF  THE  STUDY 

The  objective  of  this  study  is  to  develop  a  conceptual  framework 
within  which  could  grow  a  coordinated  research  and  development  program 
whose  goals  would  be  the  following:  (1)  to  find  the  factors  that  limit 
the  effectiveness  of  the  individual's  basic  information-handling 
capabilities  in  meeting  the  various  needs  of  society  for  problem  solving 
in  its  most  general  sense;  and  (2)  to  develop  new  techniques,  procedures, 
and  systems  that  will  better  match  these  basic  capabilities  to  the  needs, 
problems,  and  progress  of  society.  We  have  placed  the  following  specifi¬ 
cations  on  this  framework: 

(1)  That  it  provide  perspective  for  both  long-range  basic 
research  and  research  that  will  yield  practical  results  ' 
soon . 

(2)  That  it  indicate  what  this  augmentation  will  actually 
involve  in  the  way  of  changes  in  working  environment, 
in  thinking,  in  skills,  and  in  methods  of  working. 

(3)  That  it  be  a  basis  for  evaluating  the  possible  relevance 
of  work  and  knowledge  from  existing  fields  and  for 
assimilating  whatever  is  relevant. 


6 


(4) 


That  it  reveal  areas  where  research  is  possible  and  ways 
to  assess  the  research,  be  a  basis  for  choosing  starting 
points,  and  indicate  how  to  develop  appropriate  methodologies 
for  the  needed  research. 

Two  points  need  emphasis  here.  First,  although  a  conceptual  frame¬ 
work  has  been  constructed,  it  is  still  rudimentary.  Further  search,  and 
actual  research,  are  needed  for  the  evolution  of  the  framework.  Second, 
even  if  our  conceptual  framework  did  provide  an  accurate  and  complete 
basic  analysis  of  the  system  from  which  stems  a  human's  intellectual 
effectiveness,  the  explicit  nature  of  future  improved  systems  would  be 
highly  affected  by  (expected)  changes  in  our  technology  or  in  our  under¬ 
standing  of  the  human  being. 


7 


II  CONCEPTUAL  FRAMEWORK 

A .  GENERAL 

The  conceptual  framework  we  seek  must  orient  us  toward  the  real 
possibilities  and  problems  associated  with  using  modern  technology  to 
give  direct  aid  to  an  individual  in  comprehending  complex  situations, 
isolating  the  significant  factors,  and  solving  problems.  To  gain  this 
orientation,  we  examine  how  individuals  achieve  their  present  level  of 
effectiveness,  and  expect  that  this  examination  will  reveal  possibilities 
for  improvement. 

The  entire  effect  of  an  individual  on  the  world  stems  essentially 
from  what  he  can  transmit  to  the  world  through  his  limited  motor  channels. 
This  in  turn  is  based  on  information  received  from  the  outside  world 
through  limited  sensory  channels;  on  information,  drives,  and  needs 
generated  within  him;  and  on  his  processing  of  that  information.  His 
processing  is  of  two  kinds:  that  which  he  is  generally  conscious  of 
(recognizing  patterns,  remembering,  visualizing,  abstracting,  deducing, 
inducing,  etc.) ,  and  that  involving  the  unconscious  processing  and 
mediating  of  received  and  self -generated  information,  and  the  uncon¬ 
scious  mediating  of  conscious  processing  itself. 

The  individual  does  not  use  this  information  and  this  processing  to 
grapple  directly  with  the  sort  of  complex  situation  in  which  we  seek  to 
give  him  help.  He  uses  his  innate  capabilities  in  a  rather  more  indirect 
fashion,  since  the  situation  is  generally  too  complex  to  yield  directly 
to  his  motor  actions,  and  always  too  complex  to  yield  comprehensions  and 
solutions  from  direct  sensory  inspection  and  use  of  basic  cognitive  capa¬ 
bilities.  For  instance,  an  aborigine  who  possesses  all  of  our  basic 
sensory-mental-motor  capabilities,  but  does  not  possess  our  background 
of  indirect  knowledge  and  procedure,  cannot  organize  the  proper  direct 
actions  necessary  to  drive  a  car  through  traffic,  request  a  book  from 
the  library,  call  a  committee  meeting  to  discuss  a  tentative  plan,  call 
someone  on  the  telephone,  or  compose  a  letter  on  the  typewriter. 


8 


Our  culture  has  evolved  means  for  us  to  organize  the  little  things 
we  can  do  with  our  basic  capabilities  so  that  we  can  derive  comprehension 
from  truly  complex  situations ,  and  accomplish  the  processes  of  deriving 
and  implementing  problem  solutions.  The  ways  in  which  human  capabilities 
are  thus  extended  are  here  called  augmentation  means,  and  we  define  four 
basic  classes  of  them: 

(1)  Artifacts — physical  objects  designed  to  provide  for 
human  comfort ,  for  the  manipulation  of  things  or 
materials,  and  for  the  manipulation  of  symbols. 

(2)  Language- -the  way  in  which  the  individual  parcels 
out  the  picture  of  his  world  into  the  concepts  that 
his  mind  uses  to  model  that  world,  and  the  symbols 
that  he  attaches  to  those  concepts  and  uses  in 
consciously  manipulating  the  concepts  ("thinking") . 

(3)  Methodology — the  methods,  procedures,  strategies, 
etc.,  with  which  an  individual  organizes  his  goal- 
centered  (problem-solving)  activity. 

(4)  Training — the  conditioning  needed  by  the  human  being 
to  bring  his  skills  in  using  Means  1,  2,  and  3  to 
the  point  where  they  are  operationally  effective. 

The  system  we  want  to  improve  can  thus  be  visualized  as  a  trained  human 
being  together  with  his  artifacts,  language,  and  methodology.  The  ex- 
plicit  new  system  we  contemplate  will  involve  as  artifacts  computers, 
and  computer- control led  inf ormat ion- storage,  information-handling,  and 
information-display  devices.  The  aspects  of  the  conceptual  framework 
that  are  discussed  here  are  primarily  those  relating  to  the  human  being1 s 
ability  to  make  significant  use  of  such  equipment  in  an  integrated 
system. 

Pervading  all  of  the  augmentation  means  is  a  particular  structure 
or  organization.  While  an  untrained  aborigine  cannot  drive  a  car  through 
traffic,  because  he  cannot  leap  the  gap  between  his  cultural  background 
and  the  kind  of  world  that  contains  cars  and  traffic,  it  is  possible  to 


9 


move  step  by  step  through  an  organized  training  program  that  will  enable 
him  to  drive  effectively  and  safely.  In  other  words,  the  human  mind 
neither  learns  nor  acts  by  large  leaps,  but  by  steps  organized  or 
structured  so  that  each  one  depends  upon  previous  steps. 

Although  the  size  of  the  step  a  human  being  can  take  in  compre¬ 
hension,  innovation,  or  execution  is  small  in  comparison  to  the  over-all 
size  of  the  step  needed  to  solve  a  complex  problem,  human  beings  never¬ 
theless  do  solve  complex  problems.  It  is  the  augmentation  means  that 
serve  to  break  down  a  large  problem  in  such  a  way  that  the  human  being 
can  walk  through  it  with  his  little  steps,  and  it  is  the  structure  or 
organization  of  these  little  steps  or  actions  that  we  discuss  as  process 
hierarchies. 

Every  process  of  thought  or  action  is  made  up  of  sub-processes. 

Let  us  consider  such  examples  as  making  a  pencil  stroke,  writing  a  letter 
of  the  alphabet,  or  making  a  plan.  Quite  a  few  discrete  muscle  movements 
are  organized  into  the  making  of  a  pencil  stroke;  similarly,  making 
particular  pencil  strokes  and  making  a  plan  for  a  letter  are  complex 
processes  in  themselves  that  become  sub— processes  to  the  over— all  writing 
of  an  alphabetic  character. 

Although  every  sub-process  is  a  process  in  its  own  right,  in  that 
it  consists  of  further  sub-processes,  there  seems  to  be  no  point  here  in 
looking  for  the  ultimate  "bottom"  of  the  process-hierarchical  structure. 
There  seems  to  be  no  way  of  telling  whether  or  not  the  apparent  "bottoms" 
(processes  that  cannot  be  further  subdivided)  exist  in  the  physical  world 
or  in  the  limitations  of  human  understanding. 

In  any  case,  it  is  not  necessary  to  begin  from  the  "bottom"  in  dis¬ 
cussing  particular  process  hierarchies.  No  person  uses  a  process  that  is 
completely  unique  every  time  he  tackles  something  new.  Instead,  he 
begins  from  a  group  of  basic  sensory-mental-motor  process  capabilities, 
and  adds  to  these  certain  of  the  process  capabilities  of  his  artifacts. 
There  are  only  a  finite  number  of  such  basic  human  and  artifact  capa¬ 
bilities  from  which  to  draw.  Furthermore,  even  quite  different  higher- 
order  processes  may  have  in  common  relatively  high-order  sub-processes. 


10 


When  a  man  writes  prose  text  (a  reasonably  high-order  process) ,  he 
makes  use  of  many  processes  as  sub-processes  that  are  common  to  other 
high-order  processes.  For  example,  he  makes  use  of  planning,  composing, 
dictating.  The  process  of  writing  is  utilized  as  a  sub-process  within 
many  different  processes  of  a  still  higher  order,  such  as  organizing  a 
committee,  changing  a  policy,  and  so  on. 

What  happens,  then,  is  that  each  individual  develops  a  certain  re¬ 
pertoire  of  process  capabilities  from  which  he  selects  and  adapts  those 
that  will  compose  the  processes  that  he  executes.  This  repertoire  is 
like  a  tool  kit,  and  just  as  the  mechanic  must  know  what  his  tools  can 
do  and  how  to  use  them,  so  the  intellectual  worker  must  know  the  capa¬ 
bilities  of  his  tools  and  have  good  methods,  strategies,  and  rules  of 
thumb  for  making  use  of  them.  All  of  the  process  capabilities  in  the 
individual’s  repertoire  rest  ultimately  upon  basic  capabilities  within 
him  or  his  artifacts,  and  the  entire  repertoire  represents  an  inter-knit, 
hierarchical  structure  (which  we  often  call  the  repertoire  hierarchy) . 

We  find  three  general  categories  of  process  capabilities  within  a 
typical  individual's  repertoire.  There  are  those  that  are  executed  com¬ 
pletely  within  the  human  integument,  which  we  call  explicit-human  process 
capabilities;  there  are  those  possessed  by  artifacts  for  executing  pro¬ 
cesses  without  human  intervention,  which  we  call  explicit-artifact 
process  capabilities;  and  there  are  what  we  call  the  composite  process 
capabilities,  which  are  derived  from  hierarchies  containing  both  of  the 
other  kinds. 

We  assume  that  it  is  our  H-LAM/T  system  (Human  using  Lauguage, 
Artifacts,  Methodology,  in  which  he  is  Trained)  that  has  the  capability 
and  that  performs  the  process  in  any  instance  of  use  of  this  repertoire. 
Let  us  look  within  the  process  structure  for  the  LAM/T  ingredients,  to 
get  a  better  feel  for  our  models.  Consider  the  process  of  writing  an 
important  memo.  There  is  a  particular  concept  associated  with  this 
process  that  of  putting  information  into  a  formal  package  and  distri¬ 
buting  it  to  a  set  of  people  for  a  certain  kind  of  consideration--and  the 
type  of  information  package  associated  with  this  concept  has  been  given 


11 


the  special  name  of  memorandum.  Already  the  system  language  shows  the 
effect  of  this  process — i.e.,  a  concept  and  its  name. 

The  memo-writing  process  may  be  executed  by  using  a  set  of  process 
capabilities  (in  intermixed  or  repetitive  form)  such  as  the  following: 
planning,  developing  subject  matter,  composing  text,  producing  hard  copy, 
and  distributing.  There  is  a  definite  way  in  which  these  sub-processes 
will  be  organized  that  represents  part  of  the  system  methodology.  Each 
of  these  sub-processes  represents  a  functional  concept  that  must  be  a 
part  of  the  system  language  if  it  is  to  be  organized  effectively  into 
the  human* s  way  of  doing  things,  and  the  symbolic  portrayal  of  each  con¬ 
cept  must  be  such  that  the  human  can  work  with  it  and  remember  it. 

If  the  memo  is  simple,  a  paragraph  or  so  in  length,  then  the  first 
three  processes  may  well  be  of  the  explicit -human  type  (i.e.,  it  may  be 
planned,  developed,  and  composed  within  the  mind)  and  the  last  two  of 
the  composite  type.  If  it  is  a  complex  memo,  involving  a  good  deal  of 
careful  planning  and  development,  then  all  of  the  sub-processes  might 
well  be  of  the  composite  type  (e.g.,  at  least  including  the  use  of  pencil 
and  paper  artifacts) ,  and  there  might  be  many  different  applications  of 
some  of  the  process  capabilities  within  the  total  process  (i.e.,  successive 
drafts,  revised  plans) . 

The  set  of  sub-process  capabilities  discussed  so  far,  if  called  upon 
in  proper  occasion  and  sequence,  would  indeed  enable  the  execution  of 
the  memo-writing  process.  However,  the  very  process  of  organizing  and 
supervising  the  utilization  of  these  sub-process  capabilities  is  itself 
a  most  important  sub-process  of  the  memo-writing  process.  Hence,  the 
sub-process  capabilities  as  listed  would  not  be  complete  without  the  addi¬ 
tion  of  a  seventh  capability--what  we  call  the  executive  capability.  This 
is  the  capability  stemming  from  habit,  strategy,  rules  of  thumb,  pre¬ 
judice,  learned  method,  intuition,  unconscious  dictates,  or  combinations 
thereof,  to  call  upon  the  appropriate  sub-process  capabilities  with  a 
particular  sequence  and  timing.  An  executive  process  (i.e.,  the  exercise 
of  an  executive  capability)  involves  such  sub-processes  as  planning, 
selecting,  and  supervising,  and  it  is  really  the  executive  processes  that 
embody  all  of  the  methodology  in  the  H-LAM/T  system. 


12 


To  illustrate  the  capability-hierarchy  features  of  our  conceptual 
framework,  let  us  consider  an  artifact  innovation  appearing  directly 
within  the  relatively  low-order  capability  for  composing  and  modifying 
written  text,  and  see  how  this  can  affect  a  (or,  for  instance,  your) 
hierarchy  of  capabilities.  Suppose  you  had  a  new  writing  machine — think 
of  it  as  a  high-speed  electric  typewriter  with  some  special  features. 

You  could  operate  its  keyboard  to  cause  it  to  write  text  much  as  you 
could  use  a  conventional  typewriter.  But  the  printing  mechanism  is 
more  complicated;  besides  printing  a  visible  character  at  every  stroke, 
it  adds  special  encoding  features  by  means  of  invisible  selective  com¬ 
ponents  in  the  ink  and  special  shaping  of  the  character. 

As  an  auxiliary  device,  there  is  a  gadget  that  is  held  like  a  pen¬ 
cil  and,  instead  of  a  point,  has  a  special  sensing  mechanism  that  you 
can  pass  over  a  line  of  the  special  printing  from  your  writing  machine 
(or  one  like  it) .  The  signals  which  this  reading  stylus  sends  through 
the  flexible  connecting  wire  to  the  writing  machine  are  used  to  deter¬ 
mine  which  characters  are  being  sensed  and  thus  to  cause  the  automatic 
typing  of  a  duplicate  string  of  characters.  An  information-storage  mech¬ 
anism  in  the  writing  machine  permits  you  to  sweep  the  reading  stylus 
over  the  characters  much  faster  than  the  writer  can  type;  the  writer  will 
catch  up  with  you  when  you  stop  to  think  about  what  word  or  string  of 
words  should  be  duplicated  next,  or  while  you  reposition  the  straight¬ 
edge  guide  along  which  you  run  the  stylus. 

This  writing  machine  would  permit  you  to  use  a  new  process  of  com¬ 
posing  text.  For  instance,  trial  drafts  could  rapidly  be  composed  from 
re-arranged  excerpts  of  old  drafts,  together  with  new  words  or  passages 
which  you  stop  to  type  in.  Your  first  draft  could  represent  a  free  out¬ 
pouring  of  thoughts  in  any  order,  with  the  inspection  of  foregoing 
thoughts  continuously  stimulating  new  considerations  and  ideas  to  be 
entered.  If  the  tangle  of  thoughts  represented  by  the  draft  became  too 
complex,  you  would  compile  a  reordered  draft  quickly.  It  would  be 
practical  for  you  to  accommodate  more  complexity  in  the  trails  of 
thought  you  might  build  in  search  of  the  path  that  suits  your  needs. 


13 


You  can  integrate  your  new  ideas  more  easily,  and  thus  harness  your 
creativity  more  continuously ,  if  you  can  quickly  and  flexibly  change  your 
working  record.  If  it  is  easier  to  update  any  part  of  your  working  record 
to  accommodate  new  developments  in  thought  or  circumstance,  you  will  find 
it  easier  to  incorporate  more  complex  procedures  in  your  way  of  doing 
things.  This  will  probably  allow  you  to  accommodate  the  extra  burden 
associated  with,  for  instance,  keeping  and  using  special  files  whose 
contents  are  both  contributed  to  and  utilized  by  any  current  work  in  a 
flexible  manner — which  in  turn  enables  you  to  devise  and  use  even-more- 
complex  procedures  to  better  harness  your  talents  in  your  particular 
working  situation. 

The  important  thing  to  appreciate  here  is  that  a  direct  new  inno¬ 
vation  in  one  particular  capability  can  have  far-reaching  effects  through¬ 
out  the  rest  of  your  capability  hierarchy.  A  change  can  propagate  up 
through  the  capability  hierarchy;  higher-order  capabilities  that  can 
utilize  the  initially  changed  capability  can  now  reorganize  to  take 
special  advantage  of  this  change  and  of  the  intermediate  higher-capability 
changes.  A  change  can  propagate  down  through  the  hierarchy  as  a  result 
of  new  capabilities  at  the  high  level  and  modification  possibilities 
latent  in  lower  levels.  These  latent  capabilities  may  previously  have 
been  unusable  in  the  hierarchy  and  become  usable  because  of  the  new 
capability  at  the  higher  level. 

The  writing  machine  and  its  flexible  copying  capability  would  occupy 
you  for  a  long  time  if  you  tried  to  exhaust  the  reverberating  chain  of 
associated  possibilities  for  making  useful  innovations  within  your 
capability  hierarchy.  This  one  innovation  could  trigger  a  rather  exten¬ 
sive  redesign  of  this  hierarchy;  your  way  of  accomplishing  many  of  your 
tasks  would  change  considerably.  Indeed,  this  process  characterizes  the 
sort  of  evolution  that  our  intellect-augmentation  means  have  been  under¬ 
going  since  the  first  human  brain  appeared. 

To  our  objective  of  deriving  orientation  about  possibilities  for 
actively  pursuing  an  increase  in  human  intellectual  effectiveness,  it  is 
important  to  realize  that  we  must  be  prepared  to  pursue  such  new-possibility 


14 


chains  throughout  the  entire  capability  hierarchy  (calling  for  a  "system” 
approach) .  It  is  also  important  to  realize  that  we  must  be  oriented  to 
the  synthesis  of  new  capabilities  from  reorganization  of  other  capabilities, 
both  old  and  new,  that  exist  throughout  the  hierarchy  (calling  for  a 
rrsy stem- engineering"  approach)  . 

B.  THE  BASIC  PERSPECTIVE 

Individuals  who  operate  effectively  in  our  culture  have  already  been 
considerably  "augmented."  Basic  human  capabilities  for  sensing  stimuli, 
performing  numerous  mental  operations,  and  for  communicating  with  the 
outside  world,  are  put  to  work  in  our  society  within  a  system — an  H-LAM/T 
system — the  individual  augmented  by  the  language,  artifacts,  and  methodo¬ 
logy  in  which  he  is  trained.  Furthermore,  we  suspect  that  improving  the 
effectiveness  of  the  individual  as  he  operates  in  our  society  should  be 
approached  as  a  system-engineering  problem — that  is,  the  H-LAM/T  system 
should  be  studied  as  an  interacting  whole  from  a  synthesis-oriented 
approach. 

This  view  of  the  system  as  an  interacting  whole  is  strongly  bolstered 
by  considering  the  repertoire  hierarchy  of  process  capabilities  that  is 
structured  from  the  basic  ingredients  within  the  H-LAM/T  system.  The 
realization  that  any  potential  change  in  language,  artifact,  or  methodology 
has  importance  only  relative  to  its  use  within  a  process,  and  that  a 
new  process  capability  appearing  anywhere  within  that  hierarchy  can  make 
practical  a  new  consideration  of  latent  change  possibilities  in  many 
other  parts  of  the  hierarchy — possibilities  in  either  language,  artifacts, 
or  methodology--brings  out  the  strong  interrelationship  of  these  three 
augmentation  means. 

Increasing  the  effectiveness  of  the  individual’s  use  of  his  basic 
capabilities  is  a  problem  in  redesigning  the  changeable  parts  of  a  sys¬ 
tem.  The  system  is  actively  engaged  in  the  continuous  processes  (among 
others)  of  developing  comprehension  within  the  individual  and  of  solving 
problems;  both  processes  are  subject  to  human  motivation,  purpose,  and 
will.  To  redesign  the  system’s  capability  for  performing  these  processes 
means  redesigning  all  or  part  of  the  repertoire  hierarchy.  To  redesign 


15 


\ 

a  structure,  we  must  learn  as  much  as  we  can  of  what  is  known  about  the 
basic  materials  and  components  as  they  are  utilized  within  the  structure; 
beyond  that,  we  must  learn  how  to  view,  to  measure,  to  analyze,  and  to 
evaluate  in  terms  of  the  functional  whole  and  its  purpose.  In  this  parti¬ 
cular  case,  no  existing  analytic  theory  is  by  itself  adequate  for  the 
purpose  of  analyzing  and  evaluating  over-all  system  performance;  pursuit 
of  an  improved  system  thus  demands  the  use  of  experimental  methods. 

It  need  not  be  just  the  very  sophisticated  or  formal  process  capa¬ 
bilities  that  are  added  or  modified  in  this  redesign.  Essentially  any 
of  the  processes  utilized  by  a  representative  human  today — the  processes 
that  he  thinks  of  when  he  looks  ahead  to  his  day's  work — are  composite 
processes  of  the  sort  that  involve  external  composing  and  manipulating 
of  symbols  (text,  sketches,  diagrams,  lists,  etc.).  Many  of  the  exter¬ 
nal  composing  and  manipulating  (modifying,  rearranging)  processes  serve 
such  characteristically  "human"  activities  as  playing  with  forms  and 
relationships  to  see  what  develops,  cut-and-try  multiple-pass  development 
of  an  idea,  or  listing  items  to  reflect  on  and  then  rearranging  and  ex¬ 
tending  them  as  thoughts  develop. 

Existing,  or  near-future,  technology  could  certainly  provide  our 
professional  problem-solvers  with  the  artifacts  they  need  to  have  for 
duplicating  and  rearranging  text  before  their  eyes,  quickly  and  with  a 
minimum  of  human  effort*  Even  so  apparently  minor  an  advance  could 
yield  total  changes  in  an  individual's  repertoire  hierarchy  that  would 
represent  a  great  increase  in  over-all  effectiveness.  Normally  the 
necessary  equipment  would  enter  the  market  slowly;  changes  from  the  ex¬ 
pected  would  be  small,  people  would  change  their  ways  of  doing  things  a 
little  at  a  time,  and  only  gradually  would  their  accumulated  changes 
create  markets  for  more  radical  versions  of  the  equipment.  Such  an 
evolutionary  process  has  been  typical  of  the  way  our  repertoire  hierarchies 
have  grown  and  formed. 

But  an  active  research  effort,  aimed  at  exploring  and  evaluating 
possible  integrated  changes  throughout  the  repertoire  hierarchy,  could 
greatly  accelerate  this  evolutionary  process.  The  research  effort  could 


16 


guide  the  product  development  of  new  artifacts  toward  taking  long-range 
meaningful  steps;  simultaneously,  competitively  minded  individuals  who 
would  respond  to  demonstrated  methods  for  achieving  greater  personal 
effectiveness  would  create  a  market  for  the  more  radical  equipment 
innovations.  The  guided  evolutionary  process  could  be  expected  to  be 
considerably  more  rapid  than  the  traditional  one. 

The  category  of  "more  radical  innovations"  includes  the  digital  com¬ 
puter  as  a  tool  for  the  personal  use  of  an  individual.  Here  there  is  not 
only  promise  of  great  flexibility  in  the  composing  and  rearranging  of 
text  and  diagrams  before  the  individual's  eyes,  but  also  promise  of  many 
other  process  capabilities  that  can  be  integrated  into  the  H-LAM/T  system's 
repertoire  hierarchy. 

C.  DETAILED  DISCUSSION  OF  THE  H-LAM/T  SYSTEM 

1 •  The  Source  of  Intelligence 

When  one  looks  at  a  computer  system  that  is  doing  a  very  com¬ 
plex  job,  he  sees  on  the  surface  a  machine  that  can  execute  some  extremely 
sophisticated  processes.  If  he  is  a  layman,  his  concept  of  what  provides 
this  sophisticated  capability  may  endow  the  machine  with  a  mysterious  power 
to  sweep  information  through  perceptive  and  intelligent  synthetic  thinking 
devices.  Actually,  this  sophisticated  capability  results  from  a  very 
clever  organizational  hierarchy,  so  that  pursuit  of  the  source  of  intelli¬ 
gence  within  this  system  would  take  one  down  through  layers  of  functional 
and  physical  organization  that  become  successively  more  primitive. 

To  be  more  specific,  we  can  begin  at  the  top  and  list  the  major 
levels  down  through  which  we  would  pass  if  we  successively  decomposed  the 
functional  elements  of  each  level,  in  search  of  the  "source  of  intelligence. 
A  programmer  could  take  us  down  through  perhaps  three  levels  (depending 
upon  the  sophistication  of  the  total  process  being  executed  by  the  com¬ 
puter)  perhaps  depicting  the  organization  at  each  level  with  a  flow  chart. 
The  first  level  down  would  organize  functions  corresponding  to  statements 
in  a  problem-oriented  language  (e.g.,  ALGOL  or  COBOL),  to  achieve  the 
desired  over-all  process.  The  second  level  down  would  organize  lesser 
functions  into  the  processes  represented  by  first-level  statements.  The 


17 


third  level  would  perhaps  show  how  the  basic  machine  commands  (or  rather 
the  processes  which  they  represent)  were  organized  to  achieve  each  of  the 
functions  of  the  second  level. 

Then  a  machine  designer  could  take  over,  and  with  a  block  dia¬ 
gram  of  the  computer* s  organization  he  could  show  us  (Level  4)  how  the 
different  hardware  units  (e.g,,  random-access  storage,  arithmetic  reg¬ 
isters,  adder,  arithmetic  control)  are  organized  to  provide  the  capa¬ 
bility  of  executing  sequences  of  the  commands  used  in  Level  3,  The  logic 
designer  could  then  give  us  a  tour  of  Level  5,  also  using  block  diagrams, 
to  show  us  how  such  hardware  elements  as  pulse  gates,  flip-flops,  and 
AND,  OR,  and  NOT  circuits  can  be  organized  into  networks  giving  the 
functions  utilized  at  Level  4.  For  Level  6  a  circuit  engineer  could  show 
us  diagrams  revealing  how  components  such  as  transistors,  resistors, 
capacitors,  and  diodes  can  be  organized  into  modular  networks  that  pro¬ 
vide  the  functions  needed  for  the  elements  of  Level  5. 

Device  engineers  and  physicists  of  different  kinds  could  take 
us  down  through  more  layers.  But  rather  soon  we  have  crossed  the  boundary 
between  what  is  man-organized  and  what  is  nature-organized,  and  are  ulti¬ 
mately  discussing  the  way  in  which  a  given  physical  phenomenon  is  derived 
from  the  intrinsic  organization  of  sub-atomic  particles,  with  our  ability 
to  explain  succeeding  layers  blocked  by  the  exhaustion  of  our  present 
human  comprehension . 

If  we  then  ask  ourselves  where  that  intelligence  is  embodied, 
we  are  forced  to  concede  that  it  is  elusively  distributed  throughout  a 
hierarchy  of  functional  processes — a  hierarchy  whose  foundation  extends 
down  into  natural  processes  below  the  depth  of  our  comprehension.  If 
there  is  any  one  thing  upon  which  this  "intelligence"  depends,  it  would 
seem  to  be  organization ,  The  biologists  and  physiologists  use  a  term 
synergism  to  designate  (from  Webster's  Unabridged  Dictionary,  Second 
Edition)  the  .cooperative  action  of  discrete  agencies  such  that  the 

total  effect  is  greater  than  the  sum  of  the  two  effects  taken  indepen¬ 
dently...  "  This  term  seems  directly  applicable  here,  where  we  could  say 
that  synergism  is  our  most  likely  candidate  for  representing  the  actual 
source  of  intelligence. 


18 


Actually,  each  of  the  social,  life,  or  physical  phenomena  we 
observe  about  us  would  seem  to  derive  from  a  supporting  hierarchy  of  or¬ 
ganized  functions  (or  processes) ,  in  which  the  synergistic  principle 
gives  increased  phenomenological  sophistication  to  each  succeedingly 
higher  level  of  organization.  In  particular,  the  intelligence  of  a 
human  being,  derived  ultimately  from  the  characteristics  of  individual 
nerve  cells,  undoubtedly  results  from  synergism. 

2 .  Intelligence  Amplification 

It  has  been  jokingly  suggested  several  times  during  the  course 
of  this  study  that  what  we  are  seeking  is  an  "intelligence  amplifier.” 

(The  term  is  attributed  originally  to  W.  Ross  Ashby?'3  At  first  this 
term  was  rejected  on  the  grounds  that  in  our  view  one’s  only  hope  was  to 
make  a  better  match  between  existing  human  intelligence  and  the  problems 
to  be  tackled,  rather  than  in  making  man  more  intelligent.  But  deriving 
the  concepts  brought  out  in  the  preceding  section  has  shown  us  that  in¬ 
deed  this  term  does  seem  applicable  to  our  objective. 

Accepting  the  term  ’’intelligence  amplification”  does  not  imply 
any  attempt  to  increase  native  human  intelligence.  The  term  "intelligence 
amplification"  seems  applicable  to  our  goal  of  augmenting  the  human 
intellect  in  that  the  entity  to  be  produced  will  exhibit  more  of  what  can 
be  called  intelligence  than  an  unaided  human  could;  we  will  have  amplified 
the  intelligence  of  the  human  by  organizing  his  intellectual  capabilities 
into  higher  levels  of  synergistic  structuring.  What  possesses  the  ampli¬ 
fied  intelligence  is  the  resulting  H-LAM/T  system,  in  which  the  LAM/T 
augmentation  means  represent  the  amplifier  of  the  human’s  intelligence. 

In  amplifying  our  intelligence,  we  are  applying  the  principle 
of  synergistic  structuring  that  was  followed  by  natural  evolution  in 
developing  the  basic  human  capabilities.  What  we  have  done  in  the 
development  of  our  augmentation  means  is  to  construct  a  superstructure 
that  is  a  synthetic  extension  of  the  natural  structure  upon  which  it  is 
built.  In  a  very  real  sense,  as  represented  by  the  steady  evolution  of 
our  augmentation  means,  the  development  of  "artificial  intelligence"  has 
been  going  on  for  centuries. 


19 


3. 


Two-Domain  System 


The  human  and  the  artifacts  are  the  only  physical  components 
in  the  H-LAM/T  system.  It  is  upon  their  capabilities  that  the  ultimate 
capability  of  the  system  will  depend.  This  was  implied  in  the  earlier 
statement  that  every  composite  process  of  the  system  decomposes  ulti¬ 
mately  into  explicit-human  and  explicit-artifact  processes.  There  are 
thus  two  separate  domains  of  activity  within  the  H-LAM/T  system:  that 
represented  by  the  human,  in  which  all  explicit-human  processes  occur; 
and  that  represented  by  the  artifacts,  in  which  all  explicit-artifact 
processes  occur.  In  any  composite  process,  there  is  cooperative  inter¬ 
action  between  the  two  domains,  requiring  interchange  of  energy  (much  of 
it  for  information  exchange  purposes  only) .  Figure  1  depicts  this  two- 
domain  concept  and  embodies  other  concepts  discussed  below. 


Outside  World 


Fig.  1 

Portrayal  of  the  Two  Active  Domains  Within  the  H-LAM/T  System 

Where  a  complex  machine  represents  the  principal  artifact  with 
which  a  human  being  cooperates,  the  term  "man-machine  interface"  has 
been  used  for  some  years  to  represent  the  boundary  across  which  energy 
is  exchanged  between  the  two  domains.  However,  the  "man-artifact 


20 


interface  has  existed  for  centuries,  ever  since  humans  began  using  arti¬ 
facts  and  executing  composite  processes. 

Exchange  across  this  "interface"  occurs  when  an  explicit-human 
process  is  coupled  to  an  explicit-artifact  process.  Quite  often  these 
coupled  processes  are  designed  for  just  this  exchange  purpose,  to  provide 
a  functional  match  between  other  exp licit -human  and  explicit-artifact 
processes  buried  within  their  respective  domains  that  do  the  more  signi¬ 
ficant  things.  For  instance,  the  finger  and  hand  motions  (explicit- 
human  processes)  activate  key-linkage  motions  in  the  typewriter  (couple 
to  explicit-artifact  processes) .  But  these  are  only  part  of  the  matching 
processes  between  the  deeper  human  processes  that  direct  a  given  word  to 
be  typed  and  the  deeper  artifact  processes  that  actually  imprint  the  ink 
marks  on  the  paper. 

The  outside  world  interacts  with  our  H-LAM/T  system  by  the  ex¬ 
change  of  energy  with  either  the  individual  or  his  artifact.  Again, 
special  processes  are  often  designed  to  accommodate  this  exchange.  How¬ 
ever,  the  direct  concern  of  our  present  study  lies  within  the  system, 
with  the  internal  processes  that  are  and  can  be  significantly  involved 
in  the  effectiveness  of  the  system  in  developing  the  human1 s  comprehension 
and  pursuing  the  human’s  goals. 

4  *  Concepts,  Symbols,  and  a  Hypothesis 

Before  we  pursue  further  direct  discussion  of  the  H-LAM/T  sys¬ 
tem,  let  us  examine  some  background  material.  Consider  the  following 
historical  progression  in  the  development  of  our  intellectual  capabilities: 

(D  Concept  Manipulation — Humans  rose  above  the  lower  forms 
of  life  by  evolving  the  biological  capability  for 
developing  abstractions  and  concepts.  They  could 
manipulate  these  concepts  within  their  minds  to  a 
certain  extent,  and  "think"  about  situations  in 
the  abstract.  Their  mental  capabilities  allowed 
them  to  develop  general  concepts  from  specific  in¬ 
stances,  predict  specific  instances  from  general 


21 


concepts,  associate  concepts,  remember  them,  etc. 

We  speak  hpre  of  concepts  in  their  raw,  unverbalized 
form.  For  example,  a  person  letting  a  door  swing 
shut  behind  him  suddenly  visualizes  the  person  who 
follows  him  carrying  a  cup  of  hot  coffee  and  some 
sticky  pastries.  Of  all  the  aspects  of  the  pending 
event,  the  spilling  of  the  coffee  and  the  squashing 
of  the  pastry  somehow  are  abstracted  immediately, 
and  associated  with  a  concept  of  personal  respon¬ 
sibility  and  a  dislike  for  these  consequences.  But 
a  solution  comes  to  mind  immediately  as  an  image  of 
a  quick  stop  and  an  arm  stab  back  toward  the  door, 
with  motion  and  timing  that  could  prevent  the  colli¬ 
sion,  and  the  solution  is  accepted  and  enacted. 

With  only  non-symbolic  concept  manipulation,  we 
could  probably  build  primitive  shelter,  evolve 
strategies  of  war  and  hunt,  play  games,  and  make 
practical  jokes.  But  further  powers  of  intellectual 
effectiveness  are  implicit  in  this  stage  of  biologi¬ 
cal  evolution  (the  same  stage  we  are  in  today) . 

(2)  Symbol  Manipulation — Humans  made  another  great  step 
forward  when  they  learned  to  represent  particular 
concepts  in  their  minds  with  specific  symbols.  Here 
we  temporarily  disregard  communicative  speech  and 
writing,  and  consider  only  the  direct  value  to  the 
individual  of  being  able  to  do  his  heavy  thinking  by 
mentally  manipulating  symbols  instead  of  the  more 
unwieldly  concepts  which  they  represent.  Consider, 
for  instance,  the  mental  difficulty  involved  in 
herding  twenty-seven  sheep  if,  instead  of  remem¬ 
bering  one  cardinal  number  and  occasionally  counting, 
we  had  to  remember  what  each  sheep  looked  like,  so 
that  if  the  flock  seemed  too  small  we  could  visualize 
each  one  and  check  whether  or  not  it  was  there. 


22 


(3)  Manual,  External,  Symbol  Manipulation — Another  signi¬ 
ficant  step  toward  harnessing  the  biologically  evolved 
mental  capabilities  in  pursuit  of  comprehension  and 
problem  solutions  came  with  the  development  of  the 
means  for  externalizing  some  of  the  symbol-manipulation 
activity,  particularly  in  graphical  representation. 

This  supplemented  the  individual’s  memory  and  ability 
to  visualize.  (We  are  not  concerned  here  with  the 
value  derived  from  human  cooperation  made  possible 
by  speech  and  writing,  both  forms  of  external  symbol 
manipulation.  We  speak  of  the  manual  means  of 
making  graphical  representations  of  symbols — a 
stick  and  sand,  pencil  and  paper  and  eraser,  straight 
edge  or  compass,  and  so  on.)  It  is  principally 
this  kind  of  means  for  external  symbol  manipulation 
that  has  been  associated  with  the  evolution  of  the 
individual’s  present  way  of  doing  his  concept 
manipulation  (thinking) , 

It  is  undoubtedly  true  that  concepts  which  people  found  useful 
ended  up  being  symbolized  in  their  language,  and  hence  that  the  evolution 
of  language  was  affected  by  the  concepts  the  people  developed  and  used. 
However,  Korzybski4  and  Whorf5  (among  others)  have  argued  that  the  lan¬ 
guage  we  use  affects  our  thinking  to  a  considerable  extent.  They  say 
that  a  lack  of  words  for  some  types  of  concepts  makes  it  hard  to  express 
those  concepts,  and  thus  decreases  the  likelihood  that  we  will  learn 
much  about  them.  If  this  is  so,  then  once  a  language  has  begun  to  grow 
and  be  used,  it  would  seem  reasonable  to  suspect  that  the  language  also 
affects  the  evolution  of  the  new  concepts  to  be  expressed  in  that 
language. 

Apparently  there  are  counter-arguments  to  this;  e.g,,  if  a 
concept  needs  to  be  used  often  but  its  expression  is  difficult,  then  the 
language  will  evolve  to  ease  the  situation.  However,  the  studies  of  the 
past  decade  into  what  are  called  "self-organizing"  systems  seem  to  be 


23 


revealing  that  subtle  relationships  among  its  interacting  elements  can 
significantly  influence  the  course  of  evolution  of  such  a  system.  If 
this  is  true,  and  if  language  is  (as  it  seems  to  be)  a  part  of  a  self¬ 
organizing  system,  then  it  seems  probable  that  the  state  of  a  language 
at  a  given  time  strongly  affects  its  own  evolution  to  a  succeeding  state. 

For  our  conceptual  framework,  we  tend  to  favor  the  view  that 
a  language  does  exert  a  force  in  its  own  evolution.  We  observe  that  the 
shift  over  the  last  few  centuries  in  matters  that  are  of  daily  concern  to 
the  individual  has  necessarily  been  forced  into  the  framework  of  the 
language  existing  at  the  time,  with  alterations  generally  limited  to  new 
uses  for  old  words,  or  the  coining  of  new  words.  The  English  language 
since  Shakespeare  has  undergone  no  alteration  comparable  to  the  alteration 
in  the  cultural  environment;  if  it  had,  Shakespeare  would  no  longer  be 
accessible  to  us.  Under  such  evolutionary  conditions,  it  would  seem 
unlikely  that  the  language  we  now  use  provides  the  best  possible  service 
to  our  minds  in  pursuing  comprehension  and  solving  problems.  It  seems 
very  likely  that  a  more  useful  language  form  can  be  devised. 

The  Whorfian  hypothesis  states  that  "the  world  view  of  a  cul¬ 
ture  is  limited  by  the  structure  of  the  language  which  that  culture  uses." 
But  there  seems  to  be  another  factor  to  consider  in  the  evolution  of 
language  and  human  reasoning  ability.  We  offer  the  following  hypothesis, 
which  is  related  to  the  Whorfian  hypothesis:  Both  the  language  used  by 
a  culture,  and  the  capability  for  effective  intellectual  activity,  are 
directly  affected  during  their  evolution  by  the  means  by  which  individuals 
control  the  external  manipulation  of  symbols.  (For  identification,  we 
will  refer  to  this  as  the  Neo-Whorfian  hypothesis,) 

If  the  Neo-Whorfian  hypothesis  could  be  proved  readily,  and 
if  we  could  see  how  our  means  of  externally  manipulating  symbols  influence 
both  our  language  and  our  way  of  thinking,  then  we  would  have  a  valuable 
instrument  for  studying  human-augmentation  possibilities.  For  the  sake 
of  discussion,  let  us  assume  the  Neo-Whorfian  hypothesis  to  be  true,  and 
see  what  relevant  deductions  can  be  made. 


24 


If  the  means  evolved  for  an  individuals  external  manipulation 
of  his  thinking-aid  symbols  indeed  directly  affect  the  way  in  which  he 
thinks,  then  the  original  Whorfian  hypothesis  would  offer  an  added 
effect.  The  direct  effect  of  the  external-symbol-manipulation  means  upon 
language  would  produce  an  indirect  effect  upon  the  way  of  thinking  via 
the  Whorf ian-hypothesis  linkage.  There  would  then  be  two  ways  for  the 
manner  in  which  our  external  symbol  manipulation  was  done  to  affect  our 
thinking. 

One  way  of  viewing  the  H-LAM/T  system  changes  that  we  contem- 
plate--specif ically ,  integrating  the  capabilities  of  a  digital  computer 
into  the  intellectual  activity  of  individual  humans — is  that  we  are  intro¬ 
ducing  new  and  extremely  advanced  means  for  externally  manipulating  sym¬ 
bols.  We  then  want  to  determine  the  useful  modifications  in  the  language 
and  in  the  way  of  thinking  that  could  result.  This  suggests  a  fourth 
stage  to  the  evolution  of  our  individual-human  intellectual  capability: 

(4)  Automated  external  symbol  manipulation  —  In  this  stage, 
symbols  with  which  the  human  represents  the  concepts 
he  is  manipulating  can  be  arranged  before  his  eyes, 
moved,  stored,  recalled,  operated  upon  according  to 
extremely  complex  rules — all  in  very  rapid  response 
to  a  minimum  amount  of  information  supplied  by  the 
human,  by  means  of  special  cooperative  technological 
devices.  In  the  limit  of  what  we  might  now  imagine, 
this  could  be  a  computer,  with  which  we  could  communi¬ 
cate  rapidly  and  easily,  coupled  to  a  three-dimensional 
color  display  within  which  it  could  construct  ex¬ 
tremely  sophisticated  images — with  the  computer  being 
able  to  execute  a  wide  variety  of  processes  upon 
parts  or  all  of  these  images  in  automatic  response  to 
human  direction.  The  displays  and  processes  could 
provide  helpful  services — we  could  imagine  both 
simple  and  exotic  varieties — and  could  involve  con¬ 
cepts  that  we  have  never  yet  imagined  (as  the  pre¬ 
graphic  thinker  of  Stage  2  would  be  unable  to 


25 


predict  the  bar  graph,  the  process  of  long  division, 
or  a  card  file  system). 

These  hypotheses  imply  great  richness  in  the  new  evolutionary 
spaces  opened  by  progressing  from  Stage  3  to  Stage  4.  We  would  like  to 
study  the  hypotheses  further,  examining  their  possible  manifestations 
in  our  experience,  ways  of  demonstrating  their  validity,  and  possible 
deductions  relative  to  going  to  Stage  4. 

In  search  of  some  simple  ways  to  determine  what  the  Neo- 
Whorfian  hypothesis  might  imply,  we  could  imagine  some  relatively  straight- 
forward  means  of  increasing  our  external  symbol-manipulation  capability 
and  try  to  picture  the  consequent  changes  that  could  evolve  in  our  lan¬ 
guage  and  methods  of  thinking.  Actually,  it  turned  out  to  be  simpler 
to  invert  the  problem  and  consider  a  change  that  would  reduce  our 
capability  for  external  symbol  manipulation.  This  allowed  an  empirical 
approach  which  proved  both  simple  and  effective.  We  thus  performed  the 
following  experiment: 

Brains  of  power  equal  to  ours  could  have  evolved  in  an  environ¬ 
ment  where  the  combination  of  artifact  materials  and  muscle  strengths 
were  so  scaled  that  the  neatest  scribing  tool  (equivalent  to  a  pencil) 
possible  had  a  shape  and  mass  as  manageable  as  a  brick  would  be  to  us — 
assuming  that  our  muscles  were  not  specially  conditioned  to  deal  with  it. 

We  fastened  a  pencil  to  a  brick  and  experimented.  Figure  2  shows  the 
results,  compared  with  typewriting  and  ordinary  pencil  writing.  With 
the  brick  pencil,  we  are  slower  and  less  precise.  If  we  want  to  hurry 
the  writing,  we  have  to  make  it  larger.  Also,  writing  the  passage  twice 
with  the  brick-pencil  tires  the  untrained  hand  and  arm. 

How  would  our  civilization  have  matured  if  this  had  been  the 
only  manual  means  for  us  to  use  in  graphical  manipulation  of  symbols? 

For  one  thing,  the  record  keeping  that  enables  the  organization  of 
commerce  and  government  would  probably  have  taken  a  form  so  different 
from  what  we  know  that  our  social  structure  would  undoubtedly  have 
evolved  differently.  Also,  the  effort  in  doing  calculations  and  writing 
down  extensive  and  carefully  reasoned  argument  would  dampen  individual 


26 


experimentation  with  sophisticated  new  concepts,  to  lower  the  rate  of 
learning  and  the  rate  of  useful  output,  and  perhaps  to  discourage  a  good 
many  people  from  even  working  at  extending  understanding.  The  concepts 
that  would  evolve  within  our  culture  would  thus  be  different,  and  very 
likely  the  symbology  to  represent  them  would  be  different — much  more 
economical  of  motion  in  their  writing.  It  thus  seems  very  likely  that 
our  thoughts  and  t)ur  language  would  be  rather  directly  affected  by  the 
particular  means  used  by  our  culture  for  externally  manipulating  symbols, 
which  gives  a  little  intuitive  substantiation  to  our  Neo-Whorfian  hypothesis. 

To  reflect  further  upon  the  implications  of  this  hypothesis, 
the  following  hypothetical  artifact  development  can  be  considered,  repre¬ 
senting  a  different  type  of  external  symbol  manipulation  that  could  have 
had  considerable  effect.  Suppose  that  our  young  technology  of  a  few 
generations  ago  had  developed  an  artifact  that  was  essentially  a  high¬ 
speed,  semi-automatic  table-lookup  device — cheap  enough  for  almost  every¬ 
one  to  afford  and  small  and  light  enough  to  be  carried  on  the  person. 

Assume  that  the  individual  cartridges  sold  by  manufacturers  (publishers) 
contained  the  look-up  information,  that  one  cartridge  could  hold  the 
equivalent  of  an  unabridged  dictionary,  and  that  a  one-paragraph  defini¬ 
tion  could  always  be  located  and  displayed  on  the  face  of  the  device  by 
the  average  practised  individual  in  less  than  three  seconds.  The  fortunes 
of  technological  invention,  commercial  interest,  and  public  acceptance 
just  might  have  evolved  something  like  this. 

If  it  were  so  very  easy  to  look  things  up,  how  would  our  vocabu¬ 
lary  develop,  how  would  our  habits  of  exploring  the  intellectual  domains 
of  others  shift,  how  might  the  sophistication  of  practical  organization 
mature  (if  each  person  can  so  quickly  and  easily  look  up  applicable  rules), 
how  would  our  education  system  change  to  take  advantage  of  this  new  external- 
symbol-manipulation  capability  of  students  and  teachers  (and  adminis¬ 
trators)  ? 

The  significance  to  our  study  of  the  discussion  in  this  section 
lies  in  the  perspective  it  gives  to  the  ways  in  which  human  intellectual 
effectiveness  can  be  affected  by  the  particular  means  used  by  individuals 


28 


fov  their  external  symbol  manipulation.  It  seems  reasonable  to  consider 
the  development  of  automated  external  symbol  manipulation  means  as  a 
next  stage  in  the  evolution  of  our  intellectual  power. 

5 .  Capability  Repertoire  Hierarchy 

The  concept  of  our  H— LAM/T  system  possessing  a  repertoire  of 
capabilities  that  is  structured  in  the  form  of  a  hierarchy  is  most  use¬ 
ful  in  our  study.  We  shall  use  it  in  the  following  to  tie  together  a 
number  of  considerations  and  concepts. 

There  are  two  points  of  focus  in  considering  the  design  of  new 
repertoire  hierarchies:  the  materials  with  which  we  have  to  work,  and 
the  principles  by  which  new  capability  is  constructed  from  these  basic 
materials . 


a.  Basic  Capabilities 

Materials  in  this  context  are  those  capabilities  in  the 
human  and  in  the  artifact  domains  from  which  all  other  capabilities  in 
the  repertoire  hierarchy  must  be  constructed.  Each  such  basic  capability 
represents  a  type  of  functional  component  with  which  the  system  can  be 
built,  and  a  thorough  job  of  redesigning  the  system  calls  for  making  an 
inventory  of  the  basic  capabilities  available.  Because  we  are  exploring 
for  perspective,  and  not  yet  recommending  research  activities,  we  are 
free  to  discuss  and  define  in  more  detail  what  we  mean  by  "basic  capa¬ 
bility  without  regard  to  the  amount  of  research  involved  in  making  an 
actual  inventory . 

The  two  domains,  human  and  artifact,  can  be  explored 
separately  for  their  basic  capabilities.  In  each  we  can  isolate  two  classes 
of  basic  capability;  these  classes  are  distinguished  according  to  whether 
or  not  the  capability  has  been  put  to  use  within  out  augmentation  means. 

The  first  class  (those  in  use)  can  be  found  in  a  methodical  manner  by 
analyzing  present  capability  hierarchies.  For  example,  select  a  given 
capability,  at  any  level  in  the  hierarchy,  and  ask  yourself  if  it  can  be 
usefully  changed  by  any  means  that  can  be  given  consideration  in  the  aug¬ 
mentation  research  contemplated.  If  it  can,  then  it  is  not  basic  but  it 


29 


can  be  decomposed  into  an  eventual  set  of  basic  capabilities.  As  you 
proceed  down  through  the  hierarchy,  you  will  begin  to  encounter  capa¬ 
bilities  that  cannot  be  usefully  changed,  and  these  will  make  up  your 
inventory  of  basic  capabilities.  Ultimately,  every  such  recursive  de¬ 
composition  of  a  given  capability  in  the  hierarchy  will  find  every  one 
of  its  branching  paths  terminated  by  basic  capabilities.  Beginning  such 
decomposition  search  with  different  capabilities  in  the  hierarchy  will 
eventually  uncover  all  of  those  basic  capabilities  used  within  that 
hierarchy  or  augmentation  system.  Many  of  the  branching  paths  in  the 
decomposition  of  a  given  higher-order  capability  will  terminate  in  the 
same  basic  capability,  since  a  given  basic  capability  will  often  be  used 
within  many  different  higher-order  capabilities. 

Determining  the  class  of  basic  capabilities  not  already 
utilized  within  existing  augmentation  systems  requires  a  different  ex¬ 
ploration  method.  Examples  of  this  method  occur  in  technological  re¬ 
search,  where  analytically  oriented  researchers  search  for  new  under¬ 
standings  of  phenomena  that  can  add  to  the  research  engineer’s  list  of 
things  to  be  used  in  the  synthesis  of  better  artifacts. 

Before  this  inventorying  task  can  be  pursued  in  any 
specific  instance,  some  criteria  must  be  established  as  to  what  possible 
changes  within  the  H-LAM/T  system  can  be  given  serious  consideration. 

For  instance,  some  research  situations  might  have  to  disallow  changes 
which  require  extensive  retraining,  or  which  require  undignified  behavior 
by  the  human.  Other  situations  might  admit  changes  requiring  years  of 
special  training,  very  expensive  equipment,  or  the  use  of  special  drugs. 

The  capability  for  performing  a  certain  finger  action,  for 
example,  may  not  be  basic  in  our  sense  of  the  word.  Being  able  to  extend 
the  finger  a  certain  distance  would  be  basic,  but  the  strength  and  speed 
of  a  particular  finger  motion  and  its  coordination  with  higher  actions 
generally  are  usefully  changeable  and  therefore  do  not  represent  basic 
capabilities.  What  would  be  basic  in  this  case  would  perhaps  be  the 
processes  whereby  strength  could  be  increased  and  coordinated  movement 
patterns  learned,  as  well  as  the  basic  movement  range  established  by  the 


30 


mechanical-limit  loci  of  the  muscle-tendon-bone  system.  Similar  capa¬ 
bility  breakdowns  will  occur  for  sensory  and  cognitive  capabilities. 


b.  Structure  Types 


1) 


General 


The  fundamental  principle  used  in  building  sophisti¬ 
cated  capabilities  from  the  basic  capabilities  is  structuring — the 
special  type  of  structuring  (which  we  have  termed  synergetic)  in  which  the 
organization  of  a  group  of  elements  produces  an  effect  greater  than  the 
mere  addition  of  their  individual  effects.  Perhaps  "purposeful”  struc¬ 
turing  (or  organization)  would  serve  us  as  well,  but  since  we  aren't 
sure  yet  how  the  structuring  concept  must  mature  for  our  needs ,  we  shall 
tentatively  stick  with  the  special  modifier,  "synergetic."  We  are 
developing  a  growing  awareness  of  the  significant  and  pervasive  nature 
of  such  structure  within  every  physical  and  conceptual  thing  we  inspect, 
where  the  hierarchical  form  seems  almost  universally  present  as  stemming 
from  successive  levels  of  such  organization. 


The  fundamental  entities  that  are  being  structured 
in  each  and  every  case  seems  to  be  what  we  could  call  processes,  where  the 
most  basic  of  physical  processes  (involving  fields,  charges,  and  momenta 
associated  with  the  dynamics  of  fundamental  particles)  appear  to  be  the 
hierarchical  base.  There  are  dynamic  electro-optical-mechanical  processes 
associated  with  the  function  of  our  artifacts,  as  well  as  metabolic, 
sensory,  motor,  and  cognitive  processes  of  the  human,  which  we  find  to  be 
relatively  fundamental  components  within  the  structure  of  our  H-LAM/T 
system  and  each  of  these  seems  truly  to  be  ultimately  based  (to  our  de¬ 
gree  of  understanding)  upon  the  above  mentioned  basic  physical  processes. 
The  elements  that  are  organized  to  give  fixed  structural  form  to  our 
physical  objects — e.g.,  the  "element"  of  tensile  strength  of  a  material — 
are  also  derived  from  what  we  could  call  synergetic  structuring  of  the 
most  basic  physical  processes. 

But  at  the  level  of  the  capability  hierarchy  where  we 
wish  to  work,  it  seems  useful  to  us  to  distinguish  several  different  types 
of  structuring — even  though  each  type  is  fundamentally  a  structuring  of 


31 


the  basic  phygical  processes.  Tentatively  we  have  isolated  five  such 
types — although  we  are  not  sure  how  many  we  shall  ultimately  want  to  use 
in  considering  the  problem  of  augmenting  the  human  intellect ,  nor  how 
we  might  divide  and  subdivide  these  different  manifestations  of  physical- 
process  structuring.  We  use  the  terms  "mental  structuring,"  "concept 
structuring, 11  "symbol  structuring,"  "process  structuring,"  and  "physical 
structuring . " 

2)  Mental  Structuring 

Mental  structuring  is  what  we  call  the  internal  or¬ 
ganization  of  conscious  and  unconscious  mental  images,  associations,  or 
concepts  (or  whatever  it  is  that  is  organized  within  the  human  mind)  that 
somehow  manages  to  provide  the  human  with  understanding  and  the  basis 
for  such  as  judgment,  intuition,  inference,  and  meaningful  action  with 
respect  to  his  environment.  There  is  a  term  used  in  psychology,  "cog¬ 
nitive  structure,"  which  so  far  seems  to  represent  just  what  we  want  for 
our  concept  of  mental  structure,  but  we  will  not  adopt  it  until  we  be¬ 
come  more  sure  of  what  the  accepted  psychological  meaning  is  and  of  what 
we  want  for  our  conceptual  framework. 

For  our  present  purpose,  it  is  irrelevant  to  worry 
over  what  the  fundamental  mental  "things"  being  structured  are,  or  what 
mechanisms  are  accomplishing  the  structuring  or  making  use  of  what  has 
been  structured.  We  feel  reasonably  safe  in  assuming  that  learning  in¬ 
volves  some  kind  of  meaningful  organization  within  the  brain,  and  that 
whatever  is  so  organized  or  structured  represents  the  operating  model  of 
the  individual's  universe  to  the  mental  mechanisms  that  derive  his  be¬ 
havior.  And  further,  our  assumption  is  that  when  the  human  in  our  H-LAM/T 
system  makes  the  key  decision  or  action  that  leads  to  the  solution  of  a 
complex  problem,  it  will  stem  from  the  state  of  his  mental  structure  at 
that  time.  In  this  view  then,  the  basic  purpose  of  the  system's  activity 
on  that  problem  up  to  that  point  has  been  to  develop  his  mental  structure 
to  the  state  from  which  the  mental  mechanisms  could  derive  the  key  action. 

Our  school  systems  attest  that  there  are  specific 
experiences  that  can  be  given  to  a  human  that  will  result  in  development 


32 


of  his  mental  structure  to  the  point  where  the  behavior  derived  therefrom 
by  his  mental  mechanisms  shows  us  that  he  has  gained  new  comprehension — 
in  other  words ,  we  can  do  a  certain  amount  from  outside  the  human  toward 
developing  his  mental  structure.  Independent  students  and  researchers 
also  attest  that  internally  directed  behavior  on  the  part  of  an  individual 
can  directly  aid  his  structure-building  process. 

We  don’t  know  whether  a  mental  structure  is  developed 
in  a  manner  analogous  to  (a)  development  of  a  garden,  where  one  provides 
a  good  environment,  plants  the  seeds,  keeps  competing  weeds  and  injurious 
pests  out,  but  otherwise  has  to  let  natural  processes  take  their  course, 
or  to  (b)  development  of  a  basketball  team,  where  much  exercise  of  skills, 
patterns,  and  strategies  must  be  provided  so  that  natural  processes  can 
slowly  knit  together  an  integration,  or  to  (c)  development  of  a  machine, 
where  carefully  formed  elements  are  assembled  in  a  precise,  planned 
manner  so  that  natural  phenomena  can  immediately  yield  planned  function. 

We  don’t  know  the  processes,  but  we  can  and  have  developed  empirical 
relationships  between  the  experiences  given  a  human  and  the  associated 
manifestations  of  developing  comprehension  and  capability,  and  we  see 
the  near-future  course  of  the  research  toward  augmenting  the  human’s  in¬ 
tellect  as  depending  entirely  upon  empirical  findings  (past  and  future) 
for  the  development  of  better  means  to  serve  the  development  and  use  of 
mental  structuring  in  the  human. 

We  don’t  mean  to  imply  by  this  that  we  renounce 
theories  of  mental  processes.  What  we  mean  to  emphasize  is  that  pursuit 
of  our  objective  need  not  wait  upon  the  understanding  of  the  mental  pro¬ 
cesses  that  accomplish  (what  we  call)  mental  structuring  and  that  derive 
behavior  therefrom.  It  would  be  to  ignore  the  emphases  of  our  own  con¬ 
ceptual  framework  not  to  make  fullest  use  of  any  theory  that  provided  a 
working  explanation  for  a  group  of  empirical  data.  What’s  more,  our 
entire  conceptual  framework  represents  the  first  pass  at  a  ’’theoretical" 
model  with  which  to  organize  our  thinking  and  action. 


33 


3)  Concept  Structuring 

Within  our  framework  we  have  developed  the  working 
assumption  that  the  manner  in  which  we  seem  to  be  able  to  provide  ex¬ 
periences  that  favor  the  development  of  our  mental  structures  is  based 
upon  concepts  as  a  "medium  of  exchange.”  We  view  a  concept  as  a  tool 
that  can  be  grasped  and  used  by  the  mental  mechanisms,  that  can  be  com¬ 
posed,  interpreted,  and  used  by  the  natural  mental  substances  and  pro¬ 
cesses.  The  grasping  and  handling  done  by  these  mechanisms  can  often 
be  facilitated  if  the  concept  is  given  an  explicit  "handle"  in  the  form 
of  a  representative  symbol.  Somehow  the  mental  mechanisms  can  learn  to 
manipulate  images  (or  something)  of  symbols  in  a  meaningful  way  and 
remain  calmly  confident  that  the  associated  conceptual  manipulations  are 
within  call. 

Concepts  seem  to  be  structurable,  in  that  a  new  con¬ 
cept  can  be  composed  of  an  organization  of  established  concepts.  For 
present  purposes,  we  can  view  a  concept  structure  as  something  which  we 
might  try  to  develop  on  paper  for  ourselves  or  work  with  by  conscious 
thought  processes,  or  as  something  which  we  try  to  communicate  to  one 
another  in  serious  discussion.  We  assume  that,  for  a  given  unit  of  com¬ 
prehension  to  be  imparted,  there  is  a  concept  structure  (which  can  be 
consciously  developed  and  displayed)  that  can  be  presented  to  an  individual 
in  such  a  way  that  it  is  mapped  into  a  corresponding  mental  structure 
which  provides  the  basis  for  that  individuals  "comprehending"  behavior. 

Our  working  assumption  also  considers  that  some  concept  structures  would 
be  better  for  this  purpose  than  others,  in  that  they  would  be  more  easily 
mapped  by  the  individual  into  workable  mental  structures,  or  in  that  the 
resulting  mental  structures  enable  a  higher  degree  of  comprehension  and 
better  solutions  to  problems,  or  both. 

A  concept  structure  often  grows  as  part  of  a  cultural 
evolution  either  on  a  large  scale  within  a  large  segment  of  society,  or 
on  a  small  scale  within  the  activity  domain  of  an  individual.  But  it  is 
also  something  that  can  be  directly  designed  or  modified,  and  a  basic 
hypothesis  of  our  study  is  that  better  concept  structures  can  be  developed — 


34 


structures  that  when  mapped  into  a  human rs  mental  structure  will  signifi¬ 
cantly  improve  his  capability  to  comprehend  and  to  find  solutions  within 
his  complex-problem  situations. 

A  natural  language  provides  its  user  with  a  ready¬ 
made  structure  of  concepts  that  establishes  a  basic  mental  structure, 
and  that  allows  relatively  flexible,  general-purpose  concept  structuring. 
Our  concept  of  language"  as  one  of  the  basic  means  for  augmenting  the 
human  intellect  embraces  all  of  the  concept  structuring  which  the  human 
may  make  use  of. 

4)  Symbol  Structuring 

The  other  important  part  of  our  "language”  is  the 
way  in  which  concepts  are  represented — the  symbols  and  symbol  structures. 
Words  structured  into  phrases,  sentences,  paragraphs,  monographs — charts, 
lists,  diagrams,  tables,  etc.  A  given  structure  of  concepts  can  be  repre¬ 
sented  by  any  of  an  infinite  number  of  different  symbol  structures, 
some  of  which  would  be  much  better  than  others  for  enabling  the  human 
perceptual  and  cognitive  apparatus  to  search  out  and  comprehend  the  con¬ 
ceptual  matter  of  significance  and/or  interest  to  the  human.  For  instance, 
a  concept  structure  involving  many  numerical  data  would  generally  be  much 
better  represented  with  Arabic  rather  than  Roman  numerals  and  quite  likely 
a  graphic  structure  would  be  better  than  a  tabular  structure. 

But  it  is  not  only  the  form  of  a  symbol  structure 
that  is  important.  A  problem  solver  is  involved  in  a  stream  of  conceptual 
activity  whose  course  serves  his  mental  needs  of  the  moment.  The  se¬ 
quence  and  nature  of  these  needs  are  quite  variable,  and  yet  for  each 
need  he  may  benefit  significantly  from  a  form  of  symbol  structuring  that 
is  uniquely  efficient  for  that  need. 

Therefore,  besides  the  forms  of  symbol  structures 
that  can  be  constructed  and  portrayed,  we  are  very  much  concerned  with 
the  speed  and  flexibility  with  which  one  form  can  be  transformed  into 
another,  and  with  which  new  material  can  be  located  and  portrayed. 


35 


We  are  generally  used  to  thinking  of  our  symbol 
structures  as  a  pattern  of  marks  on  a  sheet  of  paper.  When  we  want  a 
different  symbol-structure  view,  we  think  of  shifting  our  point  of 
attention  on  the  sheet ,  or  moving  a  new  sheet  into  position.  But  another 
kind  of  view  might  be  obtained  by  extracting  and  ordering  all  statements 
in  the  local  text  that  bear  upon  Consideration  A  of  the  argument — or  by 
replacing  all  occurrences  of  specified  esoteric  words  by  one's  own  de¬ 
finitions,  This  sort  of  "view  generation"  becomes  quite  feasible  with 
a  computer-controlled  display  system,  and  represents  a  very  significant 
capability  to  build  upon. 

With  a  computer  manipulating  our  symbols  and  generating 
their  portrayals  to  us  on  a  display,  we  no  longer  need  think  of  our  looking 
at  the  symbol  structure  which  is  stored — as  we  think  of  looking  at  the 
symbol  structures  stored  in  notebooks,  memos,  and  books.  What  the  com¬ 
puter  actually  stores  need  be  none  of  our  concern,  assuming  that  it  can 
portray  symbol  structures  to  us  that  are  consistent  with  the  form  in 
which  we  think  our  information  is  structured. 

A  given  concept  structure  can  be  represented  with  a 
symbol  structure  that  is  completely  compatible  with  the  computer’s 
internal  way  of  handling  symbols,  with  all  sorts  of  characteristics  and 
relationships  given  explicit  identifications  that  the  user  may  never 
directly  see.  In  fact,  this  structuring  has  immensely  greater  potential 
for  accurately  mapping  a  complex  concept  structure  than  does  a  structure 
an  individual  would  find  it  practical  to  construct  or  use  on  paper. 

The  computer  can  transform  back  and  forth  between  the 
two-dimensional  portrayal  on  the  screen,  of  some  limited  view  of  the 
total  structure,  and  the  aspect  of  the  n-dimensional  internal  image  that 
represents  this  View,"  If  the  human  adds  to  or  modifies  such  a  "view," 
the  computer  integrates  the  change  into  the  internal-image  symbol  structure 
(in  terms  of  the  computer's  favored  symbols  and  structuring)  and  thereby 
automatically  detects  a  certain  proportion  of  his  possible  conceptual 
inconsistencies. 


36 


Thus,  inside  this  instrument  (the  computer)  there 
is  an  internal-image,  computer-symbol  structure  whose  convolutions  and 
mult i -dimensionali ty  we  can  learn  to  shape  to  represent  to  hitherto 
unattainable  accuracy  the  concept  structure  we  might  be  building  or 
working  with.  This  internal  structure  may  have  a  form  that  is  nearly 
incomprehensible  to  the  direct  inspection  of  a  human  (except  in  minute 
chunks) . 


But  let  the  human  specify  to  the  instrument  his 
particular  conceptual  need  of  the  moment,  relative  to  this  internal  image. 
Without  disrupting  its  own  internal  reference  structure  in  the  slightest, 
the  computer  will  effectively  stretch,  bend,  fold,  extract,  and  cut  as 
it  may  need  in  order  to  assemble  an  internal  substructure  that  is  its 
response,  structured  in  its  own  internal  way.  With  the  set  of  standard 
translation  rules  appropriate  to  the  situation,  it  portrays  to  the  human 
via  its  display  a  symbol  structure  designed  for  his  quick  and  accurate 
perception  and  comprehension  of  the  conceptual  matter  pertinent  to  this 
internally  composed  substructure. 

No  longer  does  the  human  work  on  stiff  and  limited 
symbol  structures,  where  much  of  the  conceptual  content  can  only  be  im¬ 
plicitly  designated  in  an  indirect  and  distributed  fashion.  These  new 
ways  of  working  are  basically  available  with  today's  technology — we  have 
but  to  free  ourselves  from  some  of  our  limiting  views  and  begin  experi¬ 
menting  with  compatible  sets  of  structure  forms  and  processes  for  human 
concepts,  human  symbols,  and  machine  symbols. 

5)  Process  Structuring 

Essentially  everything  that  goes  on  within  the  H-LAM/T 
system  and  that  is  of  direct  interest  here  involves  the  manipulation  of 
concept  and  symbol  structures  in  service  to  the  mental  structure.  There¬ 
fore,  the  processes  within  the  H-LAM/T  system  that  we  are  most  interested 
in  developing  are  those  that  provide  for  the  manipulation  of  all  three 
types  of  structure.  This  brings  us  to  the  fourth  category  of  structuring, 
process  structuring. 


37 


As  we  are  currently  using  it,  the  term  process 
structuring  includes  the  organization,  study,  modification,  and  execution 
of  processes  and  process  structures.  Whereas  concept  structuring  and 
symbol  structuring  together  represent  the  language  component  of  our 
augmentation  means,  process  structuring  represents  the  methodology  com¬ 
ponent  (plus  a  little  more,  actually).  There  has  been  enough  previous 
discussion  of  process  structures  that  we  need  not  describe  the  notion  here, 
beyond  perhaps  an  example  or  two.  The  individual  processes  (or  actions) 
of  my  hands  and  fingers  have  to  be  cooperatively  organized  if  the  type¬ 
writer  is  to  do  my  bidding.  My  successive  actions  throughout  my  working 
day  are  meant  to  cooperate  toward  a  certain  over-all  professional  goal. 

Many  of  the  process  structures  are  applied  to  the 
task  of  organizing,  executing,  supervising,  and  evaluating  other  process 
structures.  Many  of  them  are  applied  to  the  formation  and  manipulation 
of  symbol  structures  (the  purpose  of  which  will  often  be  to  support  the 
conceptual  labor  involved  in  process  structuring) „ 

6)  Physical  Structuring 

Physical  structuring,  the  last  of  the  five  types  which 
we  currently  use  in  our  conceptual  framework,  is  nearly  self-explanatory. 

It  pretty  well  represents  the  artifact  component  of  our  augmentation 
means,  insofar  as  their  actual  physical  construction  is  concerned. 

7)  Interdependence  and  Regeneration 

A  very  important  feature  to  be  noted  from  the  dis¬ 
cussion  in  this  section  bears  upon  the  interdependence  among  the  various 
types  of  structuring  which  are  involved  in  the  H-LAM/T  system,  where  the 
capability  for  doing  each  type  of  structuring  is  dependent  upon  the 
capability  for  doing  one  or  more  of  the  other  types  of  structuring. 

(Assuming  that  the  physical  structuring  of  the  system  remains  basically 
unchanged  during  the  system* s  operation,  we  exclude  its  dependence  upon 
other  factors  in  this  discussion.) 

This  interdependence  actually  has  a  cyclic,  regenerative 
nature  to  it  which  is  very  significant  to  us.  We  have  seen  how  the 


38 


capability  for  mental  structuring  is  finally  dependent ,  down  the  chain, 
upon  the  process  structuring  (human,  artifact,  composite)  that  enables 
symbol-structure  manipulation.  But  it  also  is  evident  that  the  process 
structuring  is  dependent  not  only  upon  basic  human  and  artifact  process 
capabilities,  but  upon  the  ability  of  the  human  to  learn  how  to  execute 
processes  and  no  less  important,  upon  the  ability  of  the  human  to  select, 
organize,  and  modify  processes  from  his  repertoire  to  structure  a  higher- 
order  process  that  he  can  execute.  Thus,  a  capability  for  structuring 
and  executing  processes  is  partially  dependent  upon  the  human’s  mental 
structuring,  which  in  turn  is  partially  dependent  upon  his  process 
structuring  (through  concept  and  symbol  structuring) ,  which  is  partially 
dependent  upon  his  mental  structuring,  etc. 

All  of  this  means  that  a  significant  improvement  in 
symbol-structure  manipulation  through  better  process  structuring  (initially 
perhaps  through  much  better  artifacts)  should  enable  us  to  develop  improve¬ 
ments  in  concept  and  mental-structure  manipulations  that  can  in  turn 
enable  us  to  organize  and  execute  symbol-manipulation  processes  of  in¬ 
creased  power.  To  most  people  who  initially  consider  the  possibilities 
for  computer-like  devices  augmenting  the  human  intellect,  it  is  only  the 
one-pass  improvement  that  comes  to  mind,  which  presents  a  picture  that 
is  relatively  barren  compared  to  that  which  emerges  when  one  considers 
this  regenerative  interaction. 

We  can  confidently  expect  the  development  of  much 
more  powerful  concepts  pertaining  to  the  manner  in  which  symbol  structures 
can  be  manipulated  and  portrayed,  and  correspondingly  more  complex  mani¬ 
pulation  processes  that  in  the  first  pass  would  have  been  beyond  the 
human T  s  power  to  organize  and  execute  without  the  better  symbol,  concept, 
and  mental  structuring  which  his  augmented  system  provided  him.  These 
new  concepts  and  processes,  beyond  our  present  capabilities  to  use  and 
thus  never  developed,  will  provide  a  tremendous  increased-capability 
payoff  in  the  future  development  of  our  augmentation  means. 


39 


c. 


Roles  and  Levels 


In  the  repertoire  hierarchy  of  capabilities  possessed  by 
the  H-LAM/T  system,  the  human  contributes  many  types  of  capability  that 
represent  a  wide  variety  of  roles.  At  one  time  or  another  he  will  be 
the  policy  maker,  the  goal  setter,  the  performance  supervisor,  the  work 
scheduler,  the  professional  specialist,  the  clerk,  the  janitor,  the 
entrepreneur,  and  the  proprietor  (or  at  least  a  major  stockholder)  of 
the  system.  In  the  midst  of  some  complex  process,  in  fact,  he  may  well 
be  playing  several  roles  concurrently — or  at  least  have  the  responsibility 
of  the  roles.  For  instance,  usually  he  must  be  aware  of  his  progress 
toward  a  goal  (supervisor),  he  must  be  alert  to  the  possibilities  for 
changing  the  goal  (policy  maker,  planner) ,  and  he  must  keep  records  for 
these  and  other  roles  (clerk) . 

Consider  a  given  capability^  (Capability  1)  at  some  level 
in  the  repertoire  hierarchy.  There  seems  to  be  a  sort  of  standard  grouping 
of  lower-order  capabilities  from  which  this  is  composed,  and  these  exist 
in  two  classes — what  we  might  call  the  executive  class  and  what  we  might 
call  the  direct -cont ributive  class.  In  the  executive  class  of  capabilities 
we  find  those  used  for  comprehending,  planning,  and  executing  the  process 
represented  by  Capability  1.  In  the  direct-contributive  class  we  find 
the  capabilities  organized  by  the  executive  class  toward  the  direct 
realization  of  Capability  1.  For  example,  when  my  telephone  rings,  I 
execute  the  direct-contributive  processes  of  picking  up  the  receiver  and 
saying  "hello."  It  was  the  executive  processes  that  comprehended  the 
situation,  directed  a  lower-order  executive-process  that  the  receiver 
be  picked  up  and,  when  the  receiver  was  in  place  (first  process  accom¬ 
plished),  directed  the  next  process,  the  saying  "hello."  That  repre¬ 
sents  the  composition  of  my  capability  for  answering  the  phone. 

For  a  low-level  capability,  such  as  that  of  writing  a  word 
with  a  pencil,  both  the  executive  and  the  direct-contributive  subprocesses 
during  actual  execution  would  be  automatic.  This  type  of  automatic 
capability  need  only  be  summoned  by  a  higher  executive  process  in  order 
for  trained  automatic  responses  to  execute  it. 


40 


At  a  little  higher  level  of  capability,  more  of  the  con¬ 
scious  conceptual  and  executive  capabilities  become  involved.  To  call 
someone  on  the  telephone,  I  must  consciously  comprehend  the  need  for  this 
process  and  how  I  can  execute  it,  I  must  consciously  pick  up  the  directory 
and  search  for  the  name  and  telephone  number,  and  I  must  consciously 
direct  the  dialing  of  the  number. 

At  a  still  higher  level  of  capability,  the  executive 
capabilities  must  have  a  degree  of  power  that  unaided  mental  capabilities 
cannot  provide.  In  such  a  case,  one  might  make  a  list  of  steps  and  check 
each  item  off  as  it  is  executed.  For  an  even  more  complex  process,  com¬ 
prehending  the  particular  situation  in  which  it  is  to  be  executed,  even 
before  beginning  to  plan  the  execution,  may  take  months  of  labor  and  a 
very  complex  organization  of  the  system's  capabilities. 

Imagining  a  process  as  complex  as  the  last  example  brings 
us  to  the  realization  that  at  any  particular  moment  the  H-LAM/T  system 
may  be  in  the  middle  of  executing  a  great  number  of  processes.  Assume 
that  the  human  is  in  the  middle  of  the  process  of  making  a  telephone  call. 
That  telephone  call  is  a  subprocess  in  the  middle  of  the  process  of  calling 
a  committee  meeting.  But  calling  a  committee  meeting  is  a  subprocess  in 
the  middle  of  the  process  of  determining  a  budgetary  policy,  which  is  in 
turn  but  a  subprocess  in  the  middle  of  the  process  of  estimating  manpower 
needs,  and  so  on. 

Not  only  does  the  human  need  to  play  various  roles  (some¬ 
times  concurrently)  in  the  execution  of  any  given  process,  but  he  is 
playing  these  roles  for  the  many  concurrent  processes  that  are  being  exe¬ 
cuted  at  different  levels.  This  situation  is  typical  for  any  of  us  en¬ 
gaged  in  reasonably  demanding  types  of  professional  pursuits,  and  yet  we 
have  never  received  explicit  training  in  optimum  ways  of  carrying  out 
any  but  a  very  few  of  the  roles  at  a  very  few  of  the  levels.  A  well- 
designed  H-LAM/T  system  would  provide  explicit  and  effective  concepts, 
terms,  equipment,  and  methods  for  all  these  roles,  and  for  their  dynamic 
coordination. 


41 


d. 


Model  of  Executive  Superstructure 


It  is  the  repertoire  hierarchy  of  process  capabilities 
upon  which  the  ultimate  capability  of  the  H-IAM/T  system  rests.  This 
repertoire  hierarchy  is  rather  like  a  mountain  of  white-collar  talent 
that  sits  atop  and  controls  the  talents  of  the  "workers."  We  can  illus¬ 
trate  this  executive  superstructure  by  considering  it  as  though  it  were 
a  network  of  contractors  and  subcontractors  in  which  each  capability  in 
the  repertoire  hierarchy  is  represented  by  an  independent  contractor 
whose  mode  of  operation  is  to  do  the  planning,  make  up  specifications, 
subcontract  the  actual  work,  and  supervise  the  performance  of  his  sub¬ 
contractors.  This  means  that  each  subcontractor  does  the  same  thing  in 
his  turn.  At  the  bottom  of  this  hierarchy  are  those  independent  con¬ 
tractors  who  do  actual  "production  work." 

If  by  some  magical  process  the  production  workers  could 
know  just  what  to  do  and  when  to  do  it  even  though  the  super¬ 
structure  of  contractors  was  removed  from  above  them,  no  one  would  know 
the  difference.  The  executive  superstructure  is  necessary  because  humans 
do  not  operate  by  magic,  but  even  a  necessary  superstructure  is  a  bur¬ 
den.  We  can  readily  recognize  that  there  are  many  ways  to  organize  and 
manage  such  a  superstructure,  resulting  in  vastly  different  degrees  of 
efficiency  in  the  application  of  the  workers*  talents. 

Suppose  that  the  activity  of  the  production  workers  was 
of  the  same  nature  as  the  activity  of  the  different  contractors,  and  that 
this  activity  consisted  of  gaining  comprehension  and  solving  problems. 

And  suppose  that  there  was  only  so  much  applicable  talent  available  to 
the  total  system.  The  question  now  becomes  how  to  distribute  that  talent 
between  superstructure  and  workers  to  get  the  most  total  production.  The 
efficiency  of  organization  within  the  superstructure  is  now  doubly  im¬ 
portant  so  that  a  minimum  of  talent  in  the  superstructure  produces  a 
maximum  of  organizational  efficiency  in  directing  the  productivity  of 
the  remaining  talent. 

In  the  situation  where  talent  is  limited,  we  find  a  close 
parallel  to  our  H-LAM/T  system  in  its  pursuit  of  comprehension  and  problem 


42 


solutions.  We  obtain  an  even  closer  parallel  if  we  say  that  the  thinking, 
planning,  supervising,  record  keeping,  etc.,  for  each  contractor  is 
actually  done  by  a  single  individual  for  the  whole  superstructure,  time¬ 
sharing  his  attention  and  talents  over  these  many  tasks.  Today  this 
individual  cannot  be  depended  upon  to  have  any  special  training  for  many 
of  these  roles;  he  is  likely  to  have  learned  them  by  cut  and  try  and  by 
indirect  imitation . 

A  complex  process  is  often  executed  by  the  H-LAM/T  system 
in  a  multi-pass  fashion  (i.e.,  cut  and  try).  In  really  complex  situations, 
comprehension  and  problem  solutions  do  not  stand  waiting  at  the  end  of  a 
straightforward  path;  instead,  possibilities  open  up  and  plans  shift  as 
comprehension  grows.  In  the  model  using  a  network  of  contractors,  this 
type  of  procedure  would  entail  a  great  deal  of  extra  work  within  the 
superstructure — each  contractor  involved  in  the  process  would  have  the 
specifications  upon  which  he  bid  continually  changed,  and  would  continually 
have  to  respond  to  the  changes  by  restudying  the  situation,  changing  his 
plans,  changing  the  specifications  to  his  subcontractors,  and  changing 
his  records.  This  is  a  terrific  additional  burden,  but  it  allows  a  free¬ 
dom  of  action  that  has  tremendous  importance  to  the  effectiveness  the 
system  exhibits  to  the  outside  world. 

We  could  expect  significant  gains  from  automating  the 
H-LAM/T  system  if  a  computer  could  do  nothing  more  than  increase  the 
effectiveness  of  the  executive  processes.  More  human  time,  energy,  and 
productive  thought  could  be  allocated  to  direct-contributive  processes, 
which  would  be  coordinated  in  a  more  sophisticated,  flexible  and 
efficient  manner.  But  there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  the  possi¬ 
bilities  for  much-improved  symbol  and  process  structuring  that  would  stem 
from  this  automation  will  directly  provide  improvements  in  both  the  exe¬ 
cutive  and  direct-contributive  processes  in  the  system. 

e .  Flexibility  in  the  Executive  Role 

The  executive  superstructure  is  a  necessary  component  in 
the  H-LAM/T  system,  and  there  is  finite  human  capability  which  must  be 
divided  between  executive  and  direct-contributive  activities.  An  important 


43 


aspect  of  the  multi-role  activity  of  the  human  in  the  system  is  the 
development  and  manipulation  of  the  symbol  structures  associated  with 
direct-contributive  roles  and  his  executive  roles. 

When  the  system  encounters  a  complex  situation  in  which 
comprehension  and  problem  solutions  are  being  pursued,  the  direct- 
contributive  roles  require  the  development  of  symbol  structures  that 
portray  the  concepts  involved  within  the  situation.  But  executive  roles 
in  a  complex  problem  situation  also  require  conceptual  activity — e.g., 
comprehension,  selection,  supervision — that  can  benefit  from  well- 
designed  symbol  structures  and  fast,  flexible  means  for  manipulating  and 
displaying  them.  For  complex  processes,  the  executive  problem  posed  to 
the  human  (of  gaining  the  necessary  comprehension  and  making  a  good  plan) 
may  be  tougher  than  the  problem  he  faced  in  the  role  of  direct-contributive 
worker.  If  the  flexibility  desired  for  the  process  hierarchies  (to  make 
room  for  human  cut-and-try  methods)  is  not  to  be  degraded  or  abandoned, 
the  executive  activity  will  have  to  be  provided  with  fast  and  flexible 
symbol-structuring  techniques. 

The  means  available  to  humans  today  for  developing  and 
manipulating  these  symbol  structures  are  both  laborious  and  inflexible. 

It  is  hard  enough  to  develop  an  initial  structure  of  diagrams  and  text, 
but  the  amount  of  effort  required  to  make  changes  is  often  prohibitively 
great;  one  settles  for  inflexibility.  Also,  the  kind  of  generous  flexi— 
bility  that  would  be  truly  helpful  calls  for  added  symbol  structuring 
just  to  keep  track  of  the  trials,  branches,  and  reasoning  thereto  that 
are  involved  in  the  development  of  the  subject  structure;  our  present 
symbol-manipulation  means  would  very  soon  bog  down  completely  among  the 
complexities  that  are  involved  in  being  more  than  just  a  little  bit 
flexible. 


We  find  that  the  humans  in  our  H-LAM/T  systems  are  essentially 
working  continuously  within  a  symbol  structure  of  some  sort,  shifting 
their  attention  from  one  structure  to  another  as  they  guide  and  execute 
the  processes  that  ultimately  provide  them  with  the  comprehension  and 
the  problem  solutions  that  they  seek.  This  view  increases  our  respect 


44 


for  the  essential  importance  of  the  basic  capability  of  composing  and 
modifying  efficient  symbol  structures.  Such  a  capability  depends  heavily 
upon  the  particular  concepts  that  are  isolated  and  manipulated  as 
entities,  upon  the  symbology  used  to  represent  them,  upon  the  artifacts 
that  help  to  manipulate  and  display  the  symbols,  and  upon  the  methodology 
for  developing  and  using  symbol  structures.  In  other  words,  this  capa¬ 
bility  depends  heavily  upon  proper  language,  artifacts,  and  methodology, 
our  basic  augmentation  means. 

When  the  course  of  action  must  respond  to  new  comprehension, 
new  insights  and  new  intuitive  flashes  of  possible  explanations  or  solu¬ 
tions,  it  will  not  be  an  orderly  process.  Existing  means  of  composing 
and  working  with  symbol  structures  penalize  disorderly  processes  very 
heavily,  and  it  is  part  of  the  real  promise  in  the  automated  H-LAM/T 
systems  of  tomorrow  that  the  human  can  have  the  freedom  and  power  of 
disorderly  processes. 

f .  Compound  Effects 

Since  many  processes  in  many  levels  of  the  hierarchy  are 
involved  in  the  execution  of  a  single  higher-level  process  of  the  system, 
any  factor  that  influences  process  execution  in  general  will  have  a 
highly  compounded  total  effect  upon  the  system1 s  performance.  There  are 
several  such  factors  which  merit  special  attention. 

Basic  human  cognitive  powers,  such  as  memory,  intelligence, 
or  pattern  perception  can  have  such  a  compounded  effect.  The  augmentation 
means  employed  today  have  generally  evolved  among  large  statistical 
populations,  and  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  fit  them  to  individual  needs 
and  abilities.  Each  individual  tends  to  evolve  his  own  variations,  but 
there  is  not  enough  mutation  and  selection  activity,  nor  enough  selection 
feedback,  to  permit  very  significant  changes.  A  good,  automated  H-LAM/T 
system  should  provide  the  opportunity  for  a  significant  adaptation  of 
the  augmentation  means  to  individual  characteristics.  The  compounding 
effect  of  fundamental  human  cognitive  powers  suggests  further  that  sys¬ 
tems  designed  for  maximum  effectiveness  would  require  that  these  powers 
be  developed  as  fully  as  possible — by  training,  special  mental  tricks, 
improved  language,  new  methodology. 


45 


In  the  automated  system  that  we  contemplate,  the  human 
should  be  able  to  draw  on  explicit-artifact  process  capability  at  many 
levels  in  the  repertoire  hierarchy;  today,  artifacts  are  involved  explicitly 
in  only  the  lower-order  capabilities.  In  the  future  systems,  for  instance, 
it  should  be  possible  to  have  computer  processes  provide  direct  and  sig¬ 
nificant  help  in  his  processes  at  many  levels.  We  thus  expect  the  effect 
of  the  computer  in  the  system  to  be  very  much  compounded.  A  great  deal  of 
richness  in  the  future  possibilities  for  automated  H-LAM/T  systems  is 
implied  here — considerably  more  than  many  people  realize  who  would  picture 
the  computer  as  just  helping  them  do  the  things  they  do  now.  This  type  of 
compounding  is  related  to  the  "reverberating  waves"  of  change  discussed  in 
Section  II-A.  , 

Another  factor  can  exert  this  type  of  compound  effect  upon 
over-all  system  performance:  the  human's  unconscious  processes.  Clinical 
psychology  seems  to  provide  clear  evidence  that  a  large  proportion  of  a 
human's  everyday  activity  is  significantly  mediated  or  basically  prompted 
by  unconscious  mental  processes  that,  although  "natural"  in  a  functional 
sense,  are  not  rational.  The  observable  mechanisms  of  these  processes 
(observable  by  another,  trained  person)  includes  masking  of  the  irrationality 
of  the  human's  actions  which  are  so  affected,  so  that  few  of  us  will  admit 
that  our  actions  might  be  irrational,  and  most  of  us  can  construct  satis¬ 
fying  rationales  for  any  action  that  may  be  challenged. 

Anything  that  might  have  so  general  an  effect  upon  our 
mental  actions  as  is  implied  here,  is  certainly  a  candidate  for  ultimate 
consideration  in  the  continuing  development  of  our  intellectual  effective¬ 
ness.  It  may  be  that  the  first  stages  of  research  on  augmenting  the 
human  intellect  will  have  to  proceed  without  being  able  to  do  anything 
about  this  problem  except  accommodate  to  it  as  well  as  possible.  This 
may  be  one  of  the  very  significant  problems  whose  solution  awaits  our 
development  of  increased  intellectual  effectiveness. 


46 


Ill  EXAMPLES  AND  DISCUSSION 


A,  BACKGROUND 

The  conceptual  structure  which  we  have  evolved  to  orient  and  guide 
the  pursuit  of  increasing  man's  intellectual  effectiveness  has  been  des¬ 
cribed  in  the  foregoing  sections  in  a  rather  general  and  abstract  fashion. 
In  this  section  we  shall  try  to  develop  more  concrete  images  of  these 
concepts,  of  some  of  the  future  possibilities  for  augmentation,  and  of 
the  relationship  between  these  different  concepts  and  possibilities. 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  a  great  deal  of  study  and  invention 
is  yet  to  be  done  in  developing  the  improved  augmentation  means  that  are 
bound  to  come,  and  that  the  examples  which  we  present  in  this  report 
are  intended  only  to  show  what  is  meant  by  the  generalizations  which  we 
use,  and  to  provide  a  feeling  on  the  part  of  the  reader  for  the  rich¬ 
ness  and  power  of  the  improvements  we  can  likely  develop  in  our  aug¬ 
mentation  means.  Many  of  the  examples  are  realizable  today  (in  fact, 
some  have  been  realized) ,  and  most  of  the  rest  are  reasonably  straight¬ 
forward  extrapolations  into  the  near  future.  We  predict  that  what 
actually  develops  in  the  new  augmentation  means  will  be  consistent  with 
our  conceptual  framework,  but  that  the  particulars  will  be  full  of  sur¬ 
prises. 

Each  of  the  examples  will  show  a  facet  of  how  the  little  steps  that 
the  human  can  take  with  his  sensory-mental-motor  apparatus  can  be  or¬ 
ganized  cooperatively  with  the  capabilities  of  artifacts  to  accomplish 
significant  things  in  the  way  of  achieving  comprehension  and  solving 
problems.  This  organization,  as  we  have  shown  in  Section  II,  can  be 
viewed  as  the  five  different  types  of  structuring  which  we  outlined, 
where  much  of  the  structuring  that  goes  on  in  the  human's  total  problem¬ 
solving  activity  is  for  the  purpose  of  building  a  mental  structure  which 
in  a  way  puts  the  human  up  where  he  can  see  what  is  going  on  and  can 
point  the  direction  to  move  next . " 


47 


An  early  paper,  offering  suggestions  toward  augmenting  the  human 
intellect,  that  fits  well  and  significantly  within  the  framework  which 
we  have  developed  was  written  by  Vannevar  Bush6  in  1945.  Indeed,  it 
fits  so  well,  and  states  its  points  so  nicely,  that  it  was  deemed 
appropriate  to  our  purpose  here  to  summarize  it  in  detail  and  to  quote 
from  it  at  considerable  length. 

1 .  What  Vannevar  Bush  proposed  in  1945 

He  wrote  as  World  War  II  was  coming  to  an  end,  and  his  prin¬ 
cipal  purpose  seemed  to  be  to  offer  new  professional  objectives  to  those 
scientists  who  were  soon  to  be  freed  from  war-motivated  research  and 
development.  It  would  seem  that  he  also  wished  to  induce  a  general 
recognition  of  a  growing  problem — storage,  retrieval,  and  manipulation 
of  information  for  and  by  intellectual  workers — and  to  show  the  possi¬ 
bilities  he  foresaw  for  scientific  development  of  equipment  which  could 
significantly  aid  such  workers  in  facing  this  problem.  He  summarized 
the  situation:  "...There  is  a  growing  mountain  of  research. .. The  investi¬ 
gator  is  staggered  by  the  findings  and  conclusions  of  thousands  of  other 
workers ...  Prof essionally  our  methods  of  transmitting  and  reviewing  the 
results  of  research  are  generations  old... truly  significant  attainments 
become  lost  in  the  mass  of  the  inconsequential ...  The  summation  of  human 
experience  is  being  expanded  at  a  prodigious  rate,  and  the  means  we  use 
for  threading  through  the  consequent  maze  to  the  momentarily  important 
item  is  the  same  as  was  used  in  the  days  of  square-rigged  ships." 

Then  he  brought  out  some  general  considerations  for  hope: 

'...But  there  are  signs  of  a  change  as  new  and  powerful  instrumentalities 
come  into  use ...  Photocells ...  advanced  photography ...  thermionic  tubes... 

V 

cathode  ray  tubes ...  relay  combinations ...  there  are  plenty  of  mechanical 
aids  with  which  to  effect  a  transformation  in  scientific  records."  And 
he  points  out  that  devices  which  we  commonly  use  today — e.g.,  a  calculating 
machine  or  an  automobile — would  have  been  impossibly  expensive  to  produce 
in  earlier  eras  of  our  technological  development.  "... The  world  has 
arrived  at  an  age  of  cheap  complex  devices  of  great  reliability  and 
something  is  bound  to  come  of  it." 


48 


In  six  and  a  half  pages  crammed  full  of  well-based  speculations, 
Bush  proceeds  to  outline  enough  plausible  artifact  and  methodology  develop¬ 
ments  to  make  a  very  convincing  case  for  the  augmentation  of  the  individual 
intellectual  worker.  Extension  of  existing  photographic  techniques  to 
give  each  individual  a  continuously  available  miniature  camera  for  re¬ 
cording  anything  in  view  and  of  interest,  and  to  realize  a  high-quality 
100:1  linear  reduction  ratio  for  micro-record  files  for  these  photographs 
and  published  material;  voice-recognition  equipment  (perhaps  requiring 
a  special  language)  to  ease  the  process  of  entering  new  self-generated 
material  into  the  written  record — these  are  to  provide  the  individual 
with  information-generating  aid. 

For  the  detailed  manipulation  of  mathematical  and  logical  ex¬ 
pressions,  Bush  projects  computing  aids  (which  have  been  surpassed  by 
subsequent  development)  that  allow  the  individual  to  exercise  a  greater 
proportion  of  his  time  and  talents  in  the  tasks  of  selecting  data  and 
the  appropriate  transformations  and  processes  which  are  to  be  executed, 
leaving  to  the  machinery  the  subsequent  execution.  He  suggests  that  new 
notation  for  our  verbal  symbols  (perhaps  binary)  could  allow  character- 
recognition  devices  to  help  even  further  in  the  information-manipulation 
area,  and  also  points  out  that  poor  symbolism  ("...the  exceedingly  crude 
way  in  which  mathematicians  express  their  relationships.  They  employ  a 
symbolism  which  grew  like  Topsy  and  has  little  consistency;  a  strange 
fact  in  that  most  logical  field.")  stands  in  the  way  of  full  realization 
of  machine  help  for  the  manipulations  associated  with  the  human's  real¬ 
time  process  of  mathematical  work.  And  "...Then,  on  beyond  the  strict 
logic  of  the  mathematician,  lies  the  application  of  logic  in  everyday 
affairs.  We  may  some  day  click  off  arguments  on  a  machine  with  the  same 
assurance  that  we  now  enter  sales  on  a  cash  register." 

Then  "...So  much  for  the  manipulation  of  ideas  and  their  in¬ 
sertion  into  the  record.  Thus  far  we  seem  to  be  worse  off  than  before — 
for  we  can  enormously  extend  the  record;  yet  even  in  its  present  bulk 
we  can  hardly  consult  it.  This  is  a  much  larger  matter  than  merely  the 
extraction  of  data  for  the  purposes  of  scientific  research;  it  involves 
the  entire  process  by  which  man  profits  by  his  inheritance  of  acquired 


49 


knowledge.  The  prime  action  of  use  is  selection,  and  here  we  are  halting 
indeed.  There  may  be  millions  of  fine  thoughts,  and  the  account  of  the 
experience  on  which  they  are  based,  all  encased  within  stone  walls  of 
acceptable  architectural  form;  but  if  the  scholar  can  get  at  only  one  a 
week  by  diligent  search,  his  syntheses  are  not  likely  to  keep  up  with 
the  current  scene.1’  He  goes  on  to  discuss  possible  developments  that 
could  allow  very  rapid  (in  the  human !s  time  frame)  selection  of  unit 
records  from  a  very  large  file — where  the  records  could  be  dry-process 
photographic  micro-images  upon  which  the  user  could  add  information  at 
will . 


Bush  goes  on  to  say,  "The  real  heart  of  the  matter  of  selection, 
however,  goes  deeper  than  a  lag  in  the  adoption  of  mechanisms .. .Our 
ineptitude  in  getting  at  the  record  is  largely  caused  by  the  artificiality 
of  systems  of  indexing."  He  observes  the  power  of  the  associative  re¬ 
call  which  human  memory  exhibits,  and  proposes  that  a  mechanization  of 
selection  by  association  could  be  realized  to  considerable  advantage. 

He  spends  the  last  two  pages  (a  quarter  of  his  article)  describing  a 
device  embodying  this  capability,  and  points  out  some  features  of  its 
use  and  of  its  likely  effect.  This  material  is  so  relevant  and  so  well 
put  that  I  quote  it  in  its  entirety: 

"Consider  a  future  device  for  individual  use,  which  is 
a  sort  of  mechanized  private  file  and  library.  It  needs  a 
name,  and,  to  coin  one  at  random,  "memex"  will  do.  A  memex 
is  a  device  in  which  an  individual  stores  all  his  books, 
records,  and  communications,  and  which  is  mechanized  so 
that  it  may  be  consulted  with  exceeding  speed  and  flexibility. 

It  is  an  enlarged  intimate  supplement  to  his  memory. 

"it  consists  of  a  desk,  and  while  it  can  presumably 
be  operated  from  a  distance,  it  is  primarily  the  piece  of 
furniture  at  which  he  works.  On  the  top  are  slanting 
translucent  screens,  on  which  material  can  be  projected 
for  convenient  reading.  There  is  a  keyboard,  and  sets  of 
buttons  and  levers.  Otherwise  it  looks  like  an  ordinary 
desk.  • 

"In  one  end  is  the  stored  material.  The  matter  of  bulk 
is  .■  v/el  1  ttnk^ri  care  of  by  :  improved  microfilm.  Only  a  small 
p&£t  &£>  the;  interior  of  the  memex  is  devoted  to  storage,  the 
rest  Yet  if  the  user  inserted  5000  pages  of 

mat^  take  him  hundreds  of  years  to  fill 


50 


the  repository,  so  he  can  be  profligate  and  enter  material 
freely. 

Most  of  the  memex  contents  are  purchased  on  microfilm 
ready  for  insertion.  Books  of  all  sorts,  pictures,  current 
periodicals,  newspapers,  are  thus  obtained  and  dropped  into 
place.  Business  correspondence  takes  the  same  path.  And 
there  is  provision  for  direct  entry.  On  the  top  of  the 
memex  is  a  transparent  platen.  On  this  are  placed  longhand 
notes,  photographs,  memoranda,  all  sorts  of  things.  When 
one  is  in  place,  the  depression  of  a  lever  causes  it  to  be 
photographed  onto  the  next  blank  space  in  a  section  of  the 
memex  film,  dry  photography  being  employed. 

There  is,  of  course,  provision  for  consultation  of  the 
record  by  the  usual  scheme  of  indexing.  If  the  user  wishes 
to  consult  a  certain  book,  he  taps  its  code  on  the  keyboard, 
and  the  title  page  of  the  book  promptly  appears  before  him, 
projected  onto  one  of  his  viewing  positions.  Frequently-used 
codes  are  mnemonic,  so  that  he  seldom  consults  his  code  book; 
but  when  he  does,  a  single  tap  of  a  key  projects  it  for  his 
use.  Moreover,  he  has  supplemental  levers.  On  deflecting  one 
of  these  levers  to  the  right  he  runs  through  the  book  before 
him,  each  page  in  turn  being  projected  at  a  speed  which  just 
allows  a  recognizing  glance  at  each.  If  he  deflects  it 
further  to  the  right,  he  steps  through  the  book  10  pages  at 
a  time;  still  further  at  100  pages  at  a  time.  Deflection  to 
the  left  gives  him  the  same  control  backwards. 

A  special  button  transfers  him  immediately  to  the  first 
page  of  the  index.  Any  given  book  of  his  library  can  thus  be 
called  up  and  consulted  with  far  greater  facility  than  if  it 
were  taken  from  a  shelf.  As  he  has  several  projection  posi¬ 
tions,  he  can  leave  one  item  in  position  while  he  calls  up 
another.  He  can  add  marginal  notes  and  comments,  taking 
advantage  of  one  possible  type  of  dry  photography,  and  it 
could  even  be  arranged  so  that  he  can  do  this  by  a  stylus 
scheme,  such  as  is  now  employed  in  the  telautograph  seen  in 
railroad  waiting  rooms,  just  as  though  he  had  the  physical 
page  before  him. 

All  this  is  conventional,  except  for  the  projection 
forward  of  present-day  mechanisms  and  gadgetry.  It  affords 
an  immediate  step,  however,  to  associative  indexing,  the 
basic  idea  of  which  is  a  provision  whereby  any  item  may  be  caused 
at  will  to  select  immediately  and  automatically  another.  This 
is  the  essential  feature  of  the  memex.  The  process  of  tying 
two  items  together  is  the  important  thing. 

When  the  user  is  building  a  trail,  he  names  it,  inserts 
the  name  in  his  code  book,  and  taps  it  out  on  his  keyboard. 

Before  him  are  the  two  items  to  be  joined,  projected  onto 
adjacent  viewing  positions.  At  the  bottom  of  each  there  are 


51 


a  number  of  blank  code  spaces,  and  a  pointer  is  set  to  indicate 
one  of  these  on  each  item.  The  user  taps  a  single  key,  and  the 
items  are  permanently  joined.  In  each  code  space  appears  the 
code  word.  Out  of  view,  but  also  in  the  code  space,  is  in¬ 
serted  a  set  of  dots  for  photocell  viewing;  and  on  each  item 
these  dots  by  their  positions  designate  the  index  number  of 
the  other  item. 

"Thereafter ,  at  any  time,  when  one  of  these  items  is  in 
view,  the  other  can  be  instantly  recalled  merely  by  tapping  a 
button  below  the  corresponding  code  space.  Moreover,  when 
numerous  items  have  been  thus  joined  together  to  form  a 
trail,  they  can  be  reviewed  in  turn,  rapidly  or  slowly,  by 
deflecting  a  lever  like  that  used  for  turning  the  pages  of  a 
book.  It  is  exactly  as  though  the  physical  items  had  been 
gathered  together  from  widely  separated  sources  and  bound 
together  to  form  a  new  book.  It  is  more  than  this,  for  any 
item  can  be  joined  into  numerous  trails. 

"The  owner  of  the  memex,  let  us  say,  is  interested  in  the 
origin  and  properties  of  the  bow  and  arrow.  Specifically  he  is 
studying  why  the  short  Turkish  bow  was  apparently  superior  to 
the  English  long  bow  in  the  skirmishes  of  the  Crusades.  He 
has  dozens  of  possibly  pertinent  books  and  articles  in  his 
memex.  First  he  runs  through  an  encyclopedia,  finds  an 
interesting  but  sketchy  article,  leaves  it  projected.  Next, 
in  a  history,  he  finds  another  pertinent  item,  and  ties  the 
two  together.  Thus  he  goes,  building  a  trail  of  many  items. 
Occasionally  he  inserts  a  comment  of  his  own,  either  linking 
it  into  the  main  trail  or  joining  it  by  a  side  trail  to  a 
particular  item.  When  it  becomes  evident  that  the  elastic 
properties  of  available  materials  had  a  great  deal  to  do 
with  the  bow,  he  branches  off  on  a  side  trail  which  takes 
him  through  textbooks  on  elasticity  and  tables  of  physical 
constants.  He  inserts  a  page  of  longhand  analysis  of  his 
own.  Thus  he  builds  a  trail  of  his  interest  through  the 
maze  of  materials  available  to  him. 

"And  his  trails  do  not  fade.  Several  years  later,  his 
talk  with  a  friend  turns  to  the  queer  ways  in  which  a  people 
resist  innovations,  even  of  vital  interest.  He  has  an 
example,  in  the  fact  that  the  outranged  Europeans  still 
failed  to  adopt  the  Turkish  bow.  In  fact  he  has  a  trail  on 
it.  A  touch  brings  up  the  code  book.  Tapping  a  few  keys 
projects  the  head  of  the  trail.  A  lever  runs  through  it  at 
will,  stopping  at  interesting  items,  going  off  on  side  ex¬ 
cursions.  It  is  an  interesting  trail,  pertinent  to  the  dis¬ 
cussion.  So  he  sets  a  reproducer  in  action,  photographs  the 
whole  trail  out,  and  passes  it  to  his  friend  for  insertion 
in  his  own  memex,  there  to  be  linked  into  the  more  general 
trail . 


52 


Wholly  new  forms  of  encyclopedias  will  appear,  ready-made 
with  a  mesh  of  associative  trails  running  through  them,  ready 
to  be  dropped  into  the  memex  and  there  amplified.  The  lawyer 
has  at  his  touch  the  associated  opinions  and  decisions  of  his 
whole  experience,  and  of  the  experience  of  friends  and  authorities. 
The  patent  attorney  has  on  call  the  millions  of  issued  patents, 
with  familiar  trails  to  every  point  of  his  client T s  interest. 

The  physician,  puzzled  by  a  patient1 s  reactions,  strikes  the 
trail  established  in  studying  an  earlier  similar  case,  and 
runs  rapidly  through  analogous  case  histories,  with  side  re¬ 
ferences  to  the  classics  for  the  pertinent  anatomy  and  histo¬ 
logy.  The  chemist,  struggling  with  the  synthesis  of  an  organic 
compound,  has  all  the  chemical  literature  before  him  in  his 
laboratory,  with  trails  following  the  analogies  of  compounds, 
and  side  trails  to  their  physical  and  chemical  behavior. 

The  historian,  with  a  vast  chronological  account  of  a 
people,  parallels  it  with  a  skip  trail  which  stops  only  on 
the  salient  items,  and  can  follow  at  any  time  contemporary 
trails  which  lead  him  all  over  civilization  at  a  particular 
epoch.  There  is  a  new  profession  of  trail  blazers,  those  who 
find  delight  in  the  task  of  establishing  useful  trails  through 
the  enormous  mass  of  the  common  record.  The  inheritance  from 
the  master  becomes,  not  only  his  additions  to  the  world* s 
record,  but  for  his  disciples  the  entire  scaffolding  by  which 
they  were  erected. 

Thus  science  may  implement  the  ways  in  which  man  pro¬ 
duces,  stores,  and  consults  the  record  of  the  race.  It  might 
be  striking  to  outline  the  instrumentalities  of  the  future 
more  spectacularly,  rather  than  to  stick  closely  to  methods 
and  elements  now  known  and  undergoing  rapid  development,  as  has 
been  done  here.  Technical  difficulties  of  all  sorts  have  been 
ignored,  certainly,  but  also  ignored  are  means  as  yet  unknown 
which  may  come  any  day  to  accelerate  technical  progress  as 
violently  as  did  the  advent  of  the  thermionic  tube.  In  order 
that  the  picture  may  not  be  too  commonplace,  by  reason  of 
sticking  to  present-day  patterns,  it  may  be  well  to  mention 
one  such  possibility,  not  to  prophesy  but  merely  to  suggest, 
for  prophecy  based  on  extension  of  the  knoiyn  has  substance, 
while  prophecy  founded  on  the  unknown  is  only  a  doubly  involved 
guess. 

All  our  steps  in  creating  or  absorbing  material  of  the 
record  proceed  through  one  of  the  senses — the  tactile  when  we 
touch  keys,  the  oral  when  we  speak  or  listen,  the  visual  when 
we  read.  Is  it  not  possible  that  some  day  the  path  may  be 
established  more  directly? 

We  know  that  when  the  eye  sees,  all  the  consequent  in¬ 
formation  is  transmitted  to  the  brain  by  means  of  electrical 
vibrations  in  the  channel  of  the  optic  nerve.  This  is  an 
exact  analogy  with  the  electrical  vibrations  which  occur  in 


53 


the  cable  of  a  television  set :  they  convey  the  picture  from 
the  photocells  which  see  it  to  the  radio  transmitter  from  which 
it  is  broadcast.  We  know  further  that  if  we  can  approach  that 
cable  with  the  proper  instruments,  we  do  not  need  to  touch  it; 
we  can  pick  up  those  vibrations  by  electrical  induction  and  thus 
discover  and  reproduce  the  scene  which  is  being  transmitted, 
just  as  a  telephone  wire  may  be  tapped  for  its  message. 

"The  impulses  which  flow  in  the  arm  nerves  of  a  typist  con¬ 
vey  to  her  fingers  the  translated  information  which  reaches  her 
eye  or  ear,  in  order  that  the  fingers  may  be  caused  to  strike 
the  proper  keys.  Might  not  these  currents  be  intercepted, 
either  in  the  original  form  in  which  information  is  conveyed 
to  the  brain,  or  in  the  marvelously  metamorphosed  form  in 
which  they  then  proceed  to  the  hand? 

By  bone  conduction  we  already  introduce  sounds  into  the 
nerve  channels  of  the  deaf  in  order  that  they  may  hear.  Is 
it  not  possible  that  we  may  learn  to  introduce  them  without  the 
present  cumbersomeness  of  first  transforming  electrical  vibrations 
to  mechanical  ones,  which  the  human  mechanism  promptly  transforms 
back  to  the  electrical  form?  With  a  couple  of  electrodes  on 
the  skull  the  encephalograph  now  produces  pen-and-ink  traces 
which  bear  some  relation  to  the  electrical  phenomena  going  on 
in  the  brain  itself.  True,  the  record  is  unintelligible, 
except  as  it  points  out  certain  gross  misf unctioning  of  the 
cerebral  mechanism;  but  who  would  now  place  bounds  on  where 
such  a  thing  may  lead? 

In  the  outside  world,  all  forms  of  intelligence,  whether 
of  sound  or  sight,  have  been  reduced  to  the  form  of  varying 
currents  in  an  electric  circuit  in  order  that  they  may  be 
transmitted.  Inside  the  human  frame  exactly  the  same  sort 
of  process  occurs.  Must  we  always  transform  to  mechanical 
movements  in  order  to  proceed  from  one  electrical  phenomenon 
to  another?  It  is  a  suggestive  thought,  but  it  hardly 
warrants  prediction  without  losing  touch  with  reality  and 
immediateness . 

"Presumably  man's  spirit  should  be  elevated  if  he  can 
better  review  his  shady  past  and  analyze  more  completely  and 
objectively  his  present  problems.  He  has  built  a  civilization 
so  complex  that  he  needs  to  mechanize  his  records  more  fully 
if  he  is  to  push  his  experiment  to  its  logical  conclusion 
and  not  merely  become  bogged  down  part  way  there  by  overtaxing 
his  limited  memory.  His  excursions  may  be  more  enjoyable  if 
he  can  reacquire  the  privilege  of  forgetting  the  manifold 
things  he  does  not  need  to  have  immediately  at  hand,  with 
some  assurance  that  he  can  find  them  again  if  they  prove 
important. 

"The  applications  of  science  have  built  man  a  well- 
supplied  house,  and  are  teaching  him  to  live  healthily 


54 


therein.  They  have  enabled  him  to  throw  masses  of  people 
against  one  another  with  cruel  weapons.  They  may  yet  allow 
him  truly  to  encompass  the  great  record  and  to  grow  in  the 
wisdom  of  race  experience.  He  may  perish  in  conflict  before 
he  learns  to  wield  that  record  for  his  true  good.  Yet,  in 
the  application  of  science  to  the  needs  and  desires  of  man, 
it  would  seem  to  be  a  singularly  unfortunate  stage  at  which 
to  terminate  the  process,  or  to  lose  hope  as  to  the  outcome.” 

2.  Comments  Related  to  Bush’s  Article 

There  are  many  significant  items  in  the  article,  but  the  main 
ones  upon  which  we  shall  comment  here  will  be  those  relative  to  the  use 
and  implications  of  his  Memex.  The  associative  trails  whose  establish- 
ment  and  use  within  the  files  he  describes  at  some  length  provide  a 
beautiful  example  of  a  new  capability  in  symbol  structuring  that  derives 
from  new  artifact-process  capability,  and  that  provides  new  ways  to 
develop  and  portray  concept  structures.  Any  file  is  a  symbol  structure 
whose  purpose  is  to  represent  a  variety  of  concepts  and  concept  structures 
in  a  way  that  makes  them  maximally  available  and  useful  to  the  needs  of 
the  human 1 s  mental-structure  development-— within  the  limits  imposed  by 
the  capability  of  the  artifacts  and  human  for  jointly  executing  pro¬ 
cesses  of  symbol-structure  manipulation.  The  Memex  allows  a  human  user 
to  do  more  conveniently  (less  energy,  more  quickly)  what  he  could  have 
done  with  relatively  ordinary  photographic  equipment  and  filing  systems, 
but  he  would  have  had  to  spend  so  much  time  in  the  lower-level  processes 
of  manipulation  that  his  mental  time  constants  of  memory  and  patience 
would  have  rendered  the  system  unusable  in  the  detailed  and  intimate 
sense  which  Bush  illustrates. 

The  Memex  adds  a  factor  of  speed  and  convenience  to  ordinary 
■fi system  (symbol-structuring)  processes  that  would  encourage  new 
methods  of  work  by  the  user,  and  it  also  adds  speed  and  convenience  for 
processes  not  generally  used  before.  Making  it  easy  to  establish  and 
follow  the  associative  trails  makes  practical  a  new  symbol-structuring 
process  whose  use  can  make  a  significant  difference  in  the  concept 
structuring  and  basic  methods  of  work.  It  is  also  probable  that  clever 
usage  of  associative-trail  manipulation  can  augment  the  human’s  process 
structuring  and  executing  capacilities  so  that  he  could  successfully 


55 


make  use  of  even  more  powerful  symbol-structure  manipulation  processes 
utilizing  the  Memex  capabilities.  An  example  of  this  general  sort  of 
thing  was  given  by  Bush  where  he  points  out  that  the  file  index  can  be 
called  to  view  at  the  push  of  a  button,  which  implicitly  provides  greater 
capability  to  work  within  more  sophisticated  and  complex  indexing  systems. 

Note,  too,  the  implications  extending  from  Bush's  mention  of 
one  user  duplicating  a  trail  (a  portion  of  his  structure)  and  giving  it 
to  a  friend  who  can  put  it  into  his  Memex  and  integrate  it  into  his  own 
trail  (structure).  Also  note  the  "wholly  new  forms  of  encyclopedia," 
the  profession  of  "trail  blazers,"  and  the  inheritance  from  a  master 
including  the  entire  scaffolding"  by  which  such  additions  to  the  world's 
record  were  erected.  These  illustrate  the  types  of  changes  in  the  ways 
in  which  people  can  cooperate  intellectually  that  can  emerge  from  the 
augmentation  of  the  individuals.  This  type  of  change  represents  a  very 
significant  part  of  the  potential  value  in  pursuing  research  directly 
on  the  means  for  making  individuals  intellectually  more  effective. 

3 .  Some  Possibilities  with  Cards  and  Relatively  Simple  Equipment 

A  number  of  useful  new  structuring  processes  can  be  made 
available  to  an  individual  through  development  and  use  of  relatively 
simple  equipment  that  is  mostly  electromechanical  in  nature  and  relatively 
cheap.  We  can  begin  developing  examples  of  this  by  describing  the  hand- 
operated,  edge-notched  card  system  that  I  developed  and  used  over  the 
past  eight  years. 

a.  An  Existing  Note  and  File  System 

The  "unit  records"  here,  unlike  those  in  the  Memex 
example,  are  generally  scraps  of  typed  or  handwritten  text  on  IBM-card¬ 
sized  edge-notchable  cards.  These  represent  little  "kernels"  of  data, 
thought,  fact,  consideration,  concepts,  ideas,  worries,  etc,,  that  are 
relevant  to  a  given  problem  area  in  my  professional  life.  Each  such 
specific  problem  area  has  its  notecards  kept  in  a  separate  deck,  and 
for  each  such  deck  there  is  a  master  card  with  descriptors  associated 
with  individual  holes  about  the  periphery  of  the  card.  There  is  a  field 


56 


of  holes  reserved  for  notch  coding  the  serial  number  of  a  reference  from 
which  the  note  on  a  card  may  have  been  taken,  or  the  serial  number 
corresponding  to  an  individual  from  whom  the  information  came  directly 
(including  a  code  for  myself,  for  self-generated  thoughts) . 

None  of  the  principles  of  indexing  or  sorting  used  here 
is  new:  coordinate-indexing  descriptors  with  direct  coding  on  edge- 
notched  cards,  with  needle-sort  retrieval.  Mainly  what  is  new  is  the 
use  of  the  smaller  units  of  information,  in  restricted-subject  sets 
(notedecks)  so  that  I  gain  considerable  flexibility  in  the  manipulations 
of  my  thought  products  at  the  level  at  which  I  actually  work  in  my 
minute-by-minute  struggle  with  analytical  and  formulative  thought.  Not 
only  do  my  own  thoughts  produce  results  in  this  fashion,  but  when  I  digest 
the  writings  of  another  person,  I  find  generally  anyway  that  I  have 
extracted  from  his  structure  and  integrated  into  my  own  a  specific 
selection  of  facts,  considerations,  ideas,  etc.  Often  these  different 
extracted  items  fit  into  different  places  in  my  structure,  or  become 
encased  in  special  substructures  as  I  modify  or  expand  his  concepts. 
Extracting  such  items  or  kernels  and  putting  each  on  its  own  notecard 
helps  this  process  considerably — the  role  or  position  of  each  such  item 
in  the  growth  of  the  note  structure  is  independent,  and  yet  if  desired 
all  can  quickly  be  isolated  and  extracted  by  simple  needle  sorting  on 
the  reference-number  notching  field. 

These  notecards  represent  much  more  than  just  an  in¬ 
formation  file.  They  provide  a  workspace  for  me,  in  which  I  can  browse, 
make  additions  or  corrections,  or  build  new  sets  of  thought  kernels  with 
a  good  deal  of  freedom.  I  can  leave  notes  with  suggestions  or  questions 
for  myself  that  will  drop  out  at  an  appropriate  later  time.  I  can  do 
document-reference  searches  with  good  efficiency,  too,  by  needle  sorting 
for  notes  within  relevant  descriptor  categories.  Any  notecard  with 
relevant  notes  on  it  points  to  the  original  source  (by  the  source 
serial  number,  which  I  always  write,  together  with  the  page,  at  the  top 
of  the  card) .  When  I  am  in  the  process  of  developing  an  integrated 
writeup  covering  some  or  all  of  the  notedeck's  material,  I  can  quickly 


57 


needle  out  a  set  of  cards  relevant  to  the  topic  under  consideration  at 
the  moment — with  all  other  cards  in  one  pile  to  the  side — and  I  need  do 
a  very  minimum  of  hand  searching  or  stacking  in  special  little  category 
piles.  If  I  utilize  specific  information  from  another  person,  I  can 
register  my  acknowledgment  in  my  draft  writeup  merely  by  writing  in  the 
source  serial  number  that  is  at  the  top  of  the  notecard — it  is  a  straight¬ 
forward  clerical  job  for  a  secretary  later  to  arrange  footnote  entries 
and  numbering. 

b.  Comments  on  the  System 

First ,  let  me  relate  what  has  been  described  to  the 
special  terms  brought  out  in  previous  sections.  The  writing  contained 
on  each  notecard  is  a  small-sized  symbol  structure,  representing  or  por¬ 
traying  to  me  a  small  structure  of  concepts.  The  notches  on  the  edges 
of  the  cards  are  symbols  that  serve  to  tie  these  card-sized  symbol  sub¬ 
structures  into  a  large  symbol  structure  (the  notedeck) .  One  aspect 
of  the  structure  is  the  physical  grouping  of  the  cards  at  a  given  time — 
which  happens  to  be  the  only  aspect  of  the  over-all  structuring  that 
my  human  capabilities  can  make  direct  use  of — and  in  this  respect  I  can 
execute  processes  which  produce  restructuring  (that  is,  physical  re¬ 
grouping)  that  helps  me  considerably  to  perceive  and  assimilate  the  con¬ 
cepts  of  worth  to  me.  This  restructuring  is  effected  by  composite  pro¬ 
cesses  involving  me,  a  master  code  card,  a  sorting  needle,  and  a  work 
surface.  I  can  add  to  the  symbol  structure  by  executing  other  composite 
processes  which  involve  me,  writing  instruments  (pen,  pencil,  or  type¬ 
writer)  ,  a  master  code  card,  and  a  card  notcher. 

If  my  mental  processes  were  more  powerful,  I  could  dis¬ 
pense  with  the  cards,  and  hold  all  of  the  card-sized  concept  structures 
in  my  memory,  where  also  would  be  held  the  categorization  linkages  that 
evolved  as  I  worked  (with  my  feet  up  on  the  artifacts  and  my  eyes  closed) . 
As  it  is,  and  as  it  probably  always  will  be  no  matter  how  we  develop  or 
train  our  mental  capabilities,  I  want  to  work  in  problem  areas  where  the 
number  and  interrelationship  complexity  of  the  individual  factors  involved 
are  too  much  for  me  to  hold  and  manipulate  within  my  mind.  So,  my  mind 


58 


develops  conscious  sets  of  concepts,  or  recognizes  and  selects  them  from 
what  it  perceives  in  the  work  of  others,  and  it  directs  the  organization 
of  an  external  symbol  structure  in  which  can  be  held  and  portrayed  to 
the  mind  those  concepts  I  cannot  (reliably)  remember  or  whose  manipulations 
I  cannot  visualize.  The  price  I  pay  for  this  Augmentation"  shows  up  in 
the  time  and  energy  involved  in  manipulating  artifacts  to  manipulate 
symbols  to  give  me  this  artificial  memory  and  visualization  of  concepts 
and  their  manipulation. 

c*  Associative-Linking  Possibilities 

But  let  us  go  further  with  discussing  specific  examples 
of  means  for  augmenting  our  intellects.  In  using  the  edge-notched-card 
system  described,  I  found  several  types  of  structuring  which  that  system 
could  not  provide,  but  which  would  both  be  very  useful  and  probably  ob¬ 
tainable  with  reasonably  practical  artifact  means.  One  need  arose  quite 
commonly  as  trains  of  thought  would  develop  on  a  growing  series  of  note- 
cards.  There  was  no  convenient  way  to  link  these  cards  together  so  that 
the  train  of  thought  could  later  be  recalled  by  extracting  the  ordered 
series  of  notecards.  An  associative-trail  scheme  similar  to  that  out¬ 
lined  by  Bush  for  his  Memex  could  conceivably  be  implemented  with  these 
cards  to  meet  this  need  and  add  a  valuable  new  symbol— structuring  process 
to  the  system.  Straightforward  engineering  development  could  provide  a 
mechanism  that  would  be  able  to  select  a  specific  card  from  a  relatively 
large  deck  by  a  parallel  edge-notch  sort  on  a  unique  serial  number  notched 
into  each  card,  and  the  search  mechanism  could  be  set  up  automatically 
by  a  hole  sensing  mechanism  from  internal  punches  on  another  card  that 
was  placed  in  the  sensing  slot.  An  auxiliary  notching  mechanism  could 
automatically  give  succeeding  serial-number  encoding  to  new  notecards 
as  they  are  made  up. 

Suppose  that  one  wants  to  link  Card  B  to  Card  A,  to  make 
a  trail  from  A  to  B.  He  puts  Card  B  into  a  slot  so  that  the  edge-notched 
coding  of  the  cardfs  serial  number  can  automatically  be  sensed,  and  slips 
Card  A  under  a  hole-punching  head  which  duplicates  the  serial-number  code 
of  Card  B  in  the  coding  of  the  holes  punched  in  a  specific  zone  on  Card  A. 


59 


Later ,  when  he  may  have  discovered  Card  A,  and  wishes  to  follow  this 
particular  associative  trail  to  the  next  card,  he  aligns  that  zone  on 
Card  A  under  a  hole-sensing  head  which  reads  the  serial  number  for  Card  B 
therein  and  automatically  sets  up  the  sorting  mechanism.  A  very  quick 
and  simple  human  process  thus  initiates  the  automatic  extraction  of  the 
next  item  on  the  associative  trail.  It's  not  unreasonable  to  assume 
that  establishing  a  link  would  take  about  three  seconds,  and  tracing  a 
link  to  the  next  card  about  three  to  five  seconds. 

There  would  still  be  descriptor-code  notching  and  selection 
to  provide  for  general  grouping  classifications — and  we  can  see  that  the 
system  could  really  provide  a  means  for  working  within  the  structure  of 
the  contained  information. 

d.  An  Experiment  Illustrating  Usage  and  Further  System 

Possibilities 

I  once  tried  to  use  my  cards,  with  their  separate  little 
concept  packets,  in  the  process  of  developing  a  file  memo  outlining 
the  status  and  plans  of  a  research  project.  I  first  developed  a  set  of 
cards  upon  each  of  which  I  described  a  separate  consideration,  possibility, 
or  specification  about  the  memo--in  the  disorderly  sequence  in  which  they 
occurred  to  me  as  my  thoughts  about  the  basic  features  of  the  memo 
evolved.  Right  off  the  bat  I  noticed  that  there  were  two  distinct 
groups--some  ideas  were  about  what  the  memo  ought  to  accomplish,  what  time 
period  it  should  cover,  when  it  should  be  finished,  what  level  and  style 
of  presentation  should  be  used,  etc.,  and  some  ideas  were  about  the  sub¬ 
ject  of  the  memo.  As  more  thoughts  developed,  I  found  that  the  latter 
group  also  divided  into  ideas  representing  possible  content  and  those 
representing  possible  organization. 

I  separated  the  cards  into  three  corresponding  groups 
(which  I  shall  call  Specification,  Organization,  and  Content),  and  began 
to  organize  each  of  them.  I  started  with  the  Specification  group  (it 
being  the  highest"  in  nature),  and  immediately  found  that  there  were 
several  types  of  notes  within  that  group  just  as  there  had  been  in  the 
total  group.  Becoming  immediately  suspicious,  I  sorted  through  each  of 


60 


the  other  two  main  groups  and  found  similar  situations  in  each.  In  each 
group  there  was  finally  to  emerge  a  definite  set  of  statements  (product 
statements)  that  represented  that  group's  purpose— e . g . ,  the  specifications 
currently  accepted  for  the  design  of  the  memo — and  some  of  the  cards 
contained  candidate  material  for  this.  But  there  were  also  considerations 
about  what  these  final  statements  might  include  or  exclude  or  take  into 
account ,  or  conditions  under  which  inclusion  or  modification  might  be 
relevant ,  or  statements  that  were  too  bulky  or  brief  or  imprecise  to  be 
used  as  final  statements. 

It  became  apparent  that  the  final  issuance  from  my  work, 
the  memo  itself,  would  represent  but  one  facet  of  a  complex  symbol 
structure  that  would  grow  as  the  work  progressed — a  structure  comprising 
three  main  substructures,  each  of  which  had  definite  substructuring  of 
its  own  that  was  apparent.  I  realized  that  I  was  being  rather  philosophi¬ 
cally  introspective  with  all  of  this  analysis,  but  I  was  curious  as  to 
the  potential  value  of  future  augmentation  means  in  allowing  me  to  deal 
explicitly  with  these  types  of  structuring.  So  I  went  ahead,  keeping 
the  groups  and  sub-groups  of  cards  separated,  and  trying  to  organize  and 
develop  them. 

I  found  rather  quickly  that  the  job  of  extracting,  re¬ 
arranging,  editing,  and  copying  new  statements  into  the  cards  which  were 
to  represent  the  current  set  of  product  statements  in  each  grouping  was 
rather  tedious.  This  brought  me  to  appreciate  the  value  of  some  sort  of 
copying  device  with  which  I  could  transfer  specified  strings  of  words 
from  one  card  to  another,  thus  composing  new  statements  from  fragments 
of  existing  ones.  This  type  of  device  should  not  be  too  hard  to  develop 
and  produce  for  a  price  that  a  professional  man  could  justify  paying, 
and  it  would  certainly  facilitate  some  valuable  symbol-structuring  pro¬ 
cesses. 

I  also  found  that  there  would  have  been  great  value  in 
having  available  the  associative-trail  marking  and  following  processes. 
Statements  very  often  had  implicit  linkages  to  other  statements  in  the 
same  group,  and  it  would  have  been  very  useful  to  keep  track  of  these 


61 


associations.  For  instance,  when  several  consideration  statements  bore 
upon  a  given  product  statement,  and  when  that  product  statement  came  to 
be  modified  through  some  other  consideration,  it  was  not  always  easy  to 
remember  why  it  had  been  established  as  it  had.  Being  able  to  fish  out 
the  other  considerations  linked  to  that  statement  would  have  helped 
considerably. 

Also,  trial  organizations  of  the  statements  in  a  group 
could  be  linked  into  trial  associative  trails,  so  that  a  number  of  such 
organizations  could  be  constructed  and  considered  without  copying  that 
many  sets  of  specially  ordered  statements.  Any  of  the  previously  con¬ 
sidered  organizations  could  be  reconstructed  at  will. 

In  trying  to  do  flexible  structuring  and  restructuring 
within  my  experiment,  I  found  that  I  just  didn't  have  the  means  to  keep 
track  of  all  of  the  kernel  statements  (cards)  and  the  various  relation¬ 
ships  between  them  that  were  important — at  least  by  means  that  were  easy 
enough  to  leave  time  and  thought  capacity  enough  for  me  to  keep  in  mind 
the  essential  nature  of  the  memo-writing  process.  But  it  was  a  very 
provocative  experience,  considering  the  possibilities  that  I  sensed  for 
the  flexible  and  powerful  ways  in  which  I  could  apply  myself  to  so  uni¬ 
versal  a  design  task  if  I  but  had  the  necessary  means  with  which  to  mani- 
pulate  symbol  structures. 

It  would  actually  seem  quite  feasible  to  develop  a  unit- 
record  system  around  cards  and  mechanical  sorting,  with  automatic  trail- 
establishment  and  trail-following  facility,  and  with  associated  means  for 
selective  copying  or  data  transfer,  that  would  enable  development  of  some 
very  powerful  methodology  for  everyday  intellectual  work.  It  is  plain 
that  even  if  the  equipment  (artifacts)  appeared  on  the  market  tomorrow, 
a  good  deal  of  empirical  research  would  be  needed  to  develop  a  methodology 
that  would  capitalize  upon  the  artifact  process  capabilities.  New  con¬ 
cepts  need  to  be  conceived  and  tested  relative  to  the  way  the  "thought 
kernels  could  be  knitted  together  into  working  structures,  and  relative 
to  the  conceptual  presentations  which  become  available  and  the  symbol- 
manipulation  processes  which  provide  these  presentations. 


62 


Such  an  approach  would  present  useful  and  interesting  re¬ 
search  problems,  and  could  very  likely  produce  practical  and  significant 
results  (language,  artifacts,  methodology)  for  improving  the  effective¬ 
ness  of  professional  problem  solvers.  However,  the  technological  trends 
of  today  foretell  the  obsolescence  of  such  electromechanical  information¬ 
handling  equipment.  Very  likely,  by  the  time  good  augmentation  systems 
could  be  developed,  and  the  first  groups  of  users  began  to  prove  them  out  so 
that  they  could  gain  more  widespread  acceptance,  electronic  data- 
processing  equipment  would  have  evolved  much  further  and  become  much  more 
prevalent  throughout  the  critical-problem  domains  of  our  society  where 
such  ideas  would  first  be  adopted.  The  relative  limitations  of  the 
mechanical  equipment  in  providing  processes  which  could  be  usefully  inte¬ 
grated  into  the  system  would  soon  lead  to  its  replacement  by  electronic 
computer  equipment. 

The  next  set  of  descriptive  examples  will  involve  the  use 
of  electronic  computers,  and  their  greatly  increased  flexibility  and 
processing  potential  will  be  evident.  Research  based  upon  such  electronic 
artifacts  would  be  able  to  explore  language  and  methodology  innovations 
of  a  much  wider  range  of  sophistication  than  could  research  based  upon 
limited  and  relatively  inflexible  electromechanical  artifacts.  In 
particular,  the  electronic-based  experimental  program  could  simulate 
the  types  of  processes  available  from  electromechanical  artifacts,  if 
it  seemed  possible  (from  the  vantage  of  experience  with  the  wide  range 
of  augmentation  processes)  that  relatively  powerful  augmentation  systems 
could  be  based  upon  their  capabilities— but  the  relative  payoffs  for 
providing  even-more-sophisticated  artifact  capabilities  could  be  assessed 
too  so  that  considerations  of  how  much  to  invest  in  capital  equipment 
versus  how  much  increase  in  human  effectiveness  to  expect  could  be  based 
upon  some  experimental  data. 

4 •  A  Quick  Summary  of  Relevant  Computer  Technology 

This  section  may  be  of  value  both  to  readers  who  are  already 
familiar  with  computers,  and  to  those  who  are  not.  A  little  familiarity 
with  computer  technology,  enough  to  help  considerably  in  understanding 


63 


the  augmentation  possibilities  discussed  in  this  report,  can  be  gained 
by  the  uninitiated.  For  those  already  familiar  with  the  technology, 
the  following  discussion  can  perhaps  help  them  gain  more  understanding 
of  our  concepts  of  process  and  symbol  structuring. 

A  computer  is  directly  capable  of  performing  any  of  a  basic 
repertoire  of  very  primitive  symbol-manipulation  processes  (such  as 
"move  the  symbol  in  location  A  to  location  12417,”  or  "compare  the  symbol 
in  location  A  with  that  in  location  B,  and  if  they  are  the  same,  set 
switch  S  to  ON  ) .  There  may  be  from  ten  to  over  a  hundred  different 
primitive  processes  which  a  particular  machine  can  execute,  and  all  of 
the  computer’s  more  sophisticated  processes  are  structured  from  these 
primitive  processes.  It  takes  a  repertoire  of  surprisingly  few  such 
primitive  processes  to  enable  the  construction  of  any  symbol-manipulation 
process  that  can  be  explicitly  described  in  any  language. 

Somewhat  the  same  situation  exists  relative  to  symbol  structures 
i.e.,  there  are  only  a  very  few  primitive  symbols  with  which  the  machine 
can  actually  work,  and  any  new  and  different  symbol  has  to  be  defined  to 
the  machine  as  a  particular  structure  (or  organization)  of  its  primitive 
symbols.  Actually,  in  every  commercial  digital  computer,  there  are  only 
two  primitive  symbols.  Usually  these  are  dealt  with  in  standard-sized 
packets  (called  words  )  of  from  eighteen  to  forty-eight  primitive  sym¬ 
bols,  but  arbitrary  use  can  be  made  of  individual  primitives  or  of  sub¬ 
groups  of  the  word. 

To  have  the  computer  perform  a  non-trivial  task  or  process,  a 
structure  of  the  primitive  processes  is  organized  (a  computer  program) 
and  stored  within  the  computer  as  a  corresponding  symbol  structure.  The 
computer  successively  examines  the  symbol  substructure  representing  each 
primitive  process  in  the  program  and  executes  that  process — which  usually 
alters  the  total  internal  symbol  structure  of  the  machine  in  some  way. 

Lt  makes  no  difference  to  the  computer  whether  the  symbols  involved  in 
the  re-structuring  represent  part  of  the  computer  program  or  part  of  the 
information  upon  which  the  program  is  operating.  The  ability  to  have  the 
computer  modify  its  own  process  structure  (program)  has  been  a  very  im¬ 
portant  factor  in  the  development  of  its  power. 


64 


Thus,  some  very  sophisticated  techniques  for  process  and  symbol 
structuring  have  evolved  in  the  computer  field,  as  evidenced  by  the  very 
sophisticated  processes  (e.g.,  predicting  election  returns,  calculating 
orbits,  translating  natural  languages)  that  can  be  structured  to  manipulate 
very  complex  structures  of  symbols.  Among  the  more  interesting  computer- 
process  structures  that  have  evolved  are  those  that  can  automatically 
develop  a  structure  of  primitive  computer  processes  to  accomplish  symbol- 
manipulation  tasks  that  are  specified  on  a  relatively  high  level  of 
abstraction.  Special  languages  have  been  evolved  in  several  fields  (e.g,, 
ALGOL  and  FORTRAN  for  scientific  calculations,  COBOL  for  business  pro¬ 
cessing)  that  enable  explicit  prescription  of  complex  manipulation  pro¬ 
cesses  in  a  rapid  and  concise  manner  by  a  human,  thinking  about  the 
processes  in  a  rather  natural  manner,  so  that  special  computer  programs 
or  process  structures  (called  Translators,  Compilers,  or  sometimes  in  a 
slightly  different  sense,  Interpreters)  can  construct  the  necessary 
structures  of  primitive  processes  and  symbols  that  would  enable  the 
computer  to  execute  the  prescribed  processes.  This  development  has  ex¬ 
tended  immensely  our  capability  for  making  use  of  computers — otherwise 
the  specification  of  a  complex  process  would  often  occupy  a  formidable 
number  of  man  hours,  and  be  subject  to  a  great  many  errors  which  would 
be  very  costly  to  find  and  correct. 

Computers  have  been  used  to  simulate  dynamic  systems  for  which 
we  humans  had  none  but  descriptive  models,  from  which  we  otherwise  could 
gain  little  feel  for  the  way  the  system  behaves.  A  very  notable  instance 
of  this,  for  our  consideration,  has  been  in  the  area  of  the  human  thought 
processes.  Newell,  Shaw,  and  Simon  initiated  this  approach,  from  which 
there  has  derived  a  number  of  features  of  interest  to  us.  For  one,  they 
discovered  that  the  symbol  structures  and  the  process  structures  required 
for  such  simulation  became  exceedingly  complex,  and  the  burden  of  or¬ 
ganizing  these  was  a  terrific  impediment  to  their  simulation  research. 

They  devised  a  structuring  technique  for  their  symbols  that  is  basically 
simple  but  from  which  stem  results  that  are  very  elegant.  Their  basic 
symbol  structure  is  what  they  call  a  Mlist,fT  a  string  of  substructures 
that  are  linked  serially  in  exactly  the  manner  proposed  by  Bush  for  the 


65 


associative  trails  in  his  Memex— - i. e.,  each  substructure  contains  the 
necessary  information  for  locating  the  next  substructure  on  the  list. 
Here,  though,  each  substructure  could  also  be  a  list  of  substructures, 
and  each  of  these  could  also,  etc.  Their  standard  manner  for  organizing 
the  data  which  the  computer  was  to  operate  upon  is  thus  what  they  term 
"list  structuring. " 

They  also  developed  special  languages  to  describe  different 
basic  processes  involved  in  list-structure  manipulation.  The  most  widely 
used  of  their  languages,  IPL-V  (the  fifth  version  of  their  Information 
Processing  Languages),  is  described  in  a  recent  book  edited  by  Newell.7 
In  these  languages,  both  the  data  to  be  worked  upon  and  the  symbols  which 
designate  the  processes  to  be  executed  upon  that  data  are  developed  in 
list-structure  form. 

Other  languages  and  techniques  for  the  manipulation  of  list 
structures  have  been  described  by  McCarthy,8  by  Gelernter,  Hansen,  and 
Gerberich,9  by  Yngve, 10,11  by  Perlis  and  Thornton,12  by  Carr, 13  and  by 
Weizenbaum. 14  The  application  of  these  techniques  has  been  mainly  of 
two  types--one  of  modelling  complex  processes  and  systems  (e.g.,  the 
human  thought  processes) ,  where  the  emphasis  is  upon  the  model  and  its 
behavior,  and  the  other  of  trying  to  get  computer  behavior  that  is 
intelligent  T  whether  or  not  the  processes  and  behavior  resemble  those  of 
a  human.  The  languages  and  techniques  used  in  both  types  of  application 
promise  to  be  of  considerable  value  to  the  development  of  radical  new 
augmentation  systems  for  human  problem  solvers,  and  we  shall  deal  later 
with  them  in  more  detail. 

Computers  have  various  means  for  storing  symbols  so  that  they 
are  accessible  to  it  for  manipulation.  Assuming  that  the  human  might 
want  to  have  a  repertoire  of  sixty-four  basic  symbols  (letters,  numbers, 
special  symbols) ,  we  can  discuss  various  forms  of  storage  in  terms  of 
their  capacity  for  storing  these  kinds  of  symbols  (each  of  which  would 
be  structured,  in  the  computer  and  storage  devices,  as  a  group  of  six 
primitive  computer  symbols) .  Fast  access  to  an  arbitrary  choice  of  a  few 
neighboring  symbols  (of  the  human’s  repertoire)  can  be  had  to  perhaps 


66 


100,000  such  symbols  within  the  period  in  which  the  computer  can  execute 
one  of  its  primitive  processes  (from  two  to  ten  millionths  of  a  second/ 
depending  upon  the  computer  involved) *  This  is  the  so-called  high-speed, 
random-access  working  store,  where  space  for  the  human’s  symbols  might 
cost  between  sixty  cents  and  $1*50  per  symbol* 

Cheaper,  larger-capacity  backup  storage  is  usually  provided  by 
devices  to  which  access  takes  considerably  longer  (in  the  computer’s  time 
reference) .  A  continuously  rotating  magnetic  drum  can  hold  perhaps  a 
million  of  these  symbols,  for  which  access  to  a  random  storage  position 
may  average  a  thirtieth  of  a  second  (waiting  for  the  drum  to  come  around 
to  bring  that  storage  position  under  the  magnetic  reading  head) ,  This 
is  short  in  the  human’s  time  scale,  but  a  reasonably  fast  computer  could 
execute  about  3,000  of  its  primitive  processes  during  that  time*  Generally, 
information  transfer  between  a  drum  and  fast-access  working  storage  takes 
place  in  blocks  of  data  which  are  stored  in  successive  positions  around 
the  drum.  Such  block-transfer  is  accomplished  by  a  relatively  small 
structure  of  primitive  computer  processes  that  cyclically  executes  the 
transfer  of  one  word  at  a  time  until  the  designated  block  has  been  trans¬ 
ferred.  Drum  storage  coasts  about  5 f6  per  each  of  the  basic  symbols  used 
by  the  human  in  our  example. 

Another  type  of  backup  storage  uses  a  number  of  large,  thin 
discs  (about  three  feet  in  diameter),  with  magnetic  coating  on  the  sur¬ 
faces.  The  discs  are  stacked  with  enough  space  between  each  so  that  a 
moveable  read-record  head  can  be  positioned  radially  to  line  up  over  a 
specific  circular  track  of  symbol  storage  space.  A  commercially  available 
disc  storage  system  could  hold  over  a  hundred  million  of  the  human’s  basic 
symbols,  to  which  random  access  would  average  about  a  tenth  of  a  second, 
and  where  the  cost  per  symbol-space  would  be  about  one  seventh  of  a  cent. 

Magnetic  tapes  are  commonly  used  for  backup  storage,  too.  For 
these,  the  random  access  time  for  storage  blocks  are  of  the  order  of  a 
minute  or  two.  Here,  however,  the  actual  storage  units  (the  tape  reels) 
can  be  taken  off  and  shelf  stored,  so  the  total  storage  capacity  may  be 
very  large — however,  the  time  to  locate  a  reel  and  exchange  reels  on  the 


67 


tape  transport  adds  to  the  above-quoted  access  time — and  this  locating 
and  reel  changing  are  not  generally  automatic  processes  (i.e.,  a  human 
has  to  do  them) *  A  transport  unit ,  connected  to  the  computer,  might  cost 
$30,000,  with  tape  reels  at  $50  each  holding  about  five  million  of  the 
human  s  basic  symbols.  For  one  reel,  storage  space  for  each  such  symbol 
cost  about  two-thirds  of  a  cent,  but  for  twenty  full  reels  in  a  "library" 
the  cost  comes  down  to  about  one-thirtieth  of  a  cent  per  symbol  space. 

Other  types  of  buffer  storage  for  computer  symbol  structures 
are  becoming  available,  and  there  is  considerable  economic  demand  spurring 
continuing  research  toward  storage  means  that  give  high  capacity  at  low 
cost,  and  with  as  short  an  access  time  as  possible.  Within  the  next  ten 
years  there  would  seem  to  be  a  very  high  probability  of  significant  ad¬ 
vances  to  this  end. 

For  presenting  computer-stored  information  to  the  human,  tech¬ 
niques  have  been  developed  by  which  a  cathode-ray— tube  (of  which  the 
television  picture  tube  is  a  familiar  example)  can  be  made  to  present 
symbols  on  their  screens  of  quite  good  brightness,  clarity,  and  with 
considerable  freedom  as  to  the  form  of  the  symbol.  Under  computer  con¬ 
trol  an  arbitrary  collection  of  symbols  may  be  arranged  on  the  screen, 
with  considerable  freedom  as  to  relative  location,  size,  and  brightness. 
Similarly,  line  drawings,  curves,  and  graphs  may  be  presented,  with  any 
of  the  other  symbols  intermixed.  It  is  possible  to  describe  to  the  com¬ 
puter,  and  thereafter  use,  new  symbols  of  arbitrary  shape  and  size.  On 
displays  of  this  sort,  a  light  pen  (a  pen-shaped  tool  with  a  flexible 
wire  to  the  electronic  console)  can  be  pointed  by  the  human  at  any  symbol 
or  line  on  the  display,  and  the  computer  can  automatically  determine  what 
the  pen  is  pointing  at. 

A  cathode-ray-tube  display  of  this  sort  is  currently  limited 
in  resolution  to  about  800  lines  across  the  face  of  the  tube  (in  either 
direction) .  The  detail  with  which  a  symbol  may  be  formed,  and  the  pre¬ 
ciseness  with  which  the  recurrent  images  of  it  may  be  located,  are  both 
affected  by  this  figure  so  that  no  matter  how  large  the  screen  of  such 
a  tube,  the  maximum  number  of  symbols  that  can  be  put  on  with  usable 
clearness  remains  the  same. 


68 


The  amount  of  usable  information  on  such  a  screen,  in  the  form 
of  letters,  numbers,  and  diagrams,  would  be  limited  to  about  what  a 
normal  human  eye  could  make  out  at  the  normal  reading  distance  of 
fourtee©  inches  on  a  surface  3-1/2  inches  square,  or  to  what  one  could 
discern  on  an  ordinary  8-1/2-by-ll-inch  sheet  of  paper  at  about  three 
feet.  This  means  that  one  could  not  have  a  single-tube  display  giving 
him  an  8-1/2-by-ll-inch  frame  to  view  that  would  have  as  much  on  it  as 
he  might  be  used  to  seeing,  say  on  the  page  of  a  journal  article. 

The  costs  of  such  displays  are  now  quite  high — ranging  from 
$20,000  to  $60,000,  depending  upon  the  symbol  repertoire,  symbol-structure 
display  capacity,  and  the  quality  of  the  symbol  forms.  One  should  expect 
these  prices  to  be  lowered  quite  drastically  as  our  technology  improves 
and  the  market  for  these  displays  increases. 

Much  cheaper  devices  can  "draw"  arbitrary  symbol  shapes  and 
diagrams  on  paper,  at  a  speed  for  symbols  that  is  perhaps  a  quarter  of 
the  rate  that  a  typewriter  can  produce  them.  Also,  special  typewriters 
(at  $3,000  to  $4,000  apiece)  can  type  out  information  on  a  sheet  of 
paper,  as  well  as  allow  the  human  to  send  information  to  the  computer 
via  the  keyboard.  But  these  two  types  of  devices  do  not  allow  fast  and 
flexible  rearrangement  of  the  symbols  being  displayed,  which  proves  to 
be  an  important  drawback  in  our  current  view  of  future  possibilities  for 
augmentation. 

For  communicating  to  the  computer,  considerable  freedom  exists 
in  arranging  pushbuttons,  switches,  and  keysets  for  use  by  the  human.  The 
"interpretation"  or  response  to  be  made  by  the  computer  to  the  actuation 
of  any  button,  switch,  or  key  (or  to  any  combination  thereof)  can  be 
established  in  any  manner  that  is  describable  as  a  structure  of  primitive 
computer  processes — which  means  essentially  any  manner  that  is  explicitly 
describable.  The  limitation  on  the  flexibility  and  power  of  any  explicit 
"shorthand”  system  with  which  the  human  may  wish  to  utilize  these  input 
devices  is  the  human’s  ability  to  learn  and  to  use  them. 

There  are  also  computer-input  devices  that  can  sense  enough 
data  from  handwriting  to  allow  a  computer  to  recognize  a  limited  number 


69 


of  handwritten  symbols — both  as  they  are  being  written  and  afterwards. 

Means  for  recognizing  typescript  are  rather  well  developed  and  are  already 
being  designed  into  some  large  documentation  and  language  translation 
systems.  Also,  a  little  progress  has  been  made  toward  developing  equip¬ 
ment  that  can  recognize  a  limited  spoken  vocabulary.  There  is  considerable 
economic  pressure  toward  developing  useful  and  cheap  devices  of  this  type, 
and  we  can  expect  relatively  sophisticated  capabilities  to  become 
available  within  the  next  ten  years.  Such  equipment  may  play  an  important 
role  in  the  individual-augmentation  systems  of  the  future  (but  our  feeling 
is  that  a  very  powerful  augmentation  system  can  be  developed  without 
them) . 

An  important  type  of  development  for  our  consideration  of  pro¬ 
viding  individual  humans  with  close-coupled  computer  services  is  what  is 
known  as  time  sharing."  Suppose  a  number  of  individual  users  connect  to 
the  same  computer.  The  computer  can  be  programmed  to  serve  them  under 
any  of  a  wide  variety  of  rules.  One  such  could  be  similar  to  the  way 
the  telephone  system  gives  you  attention  and  service  when  you  ask  for 
it  i.e,,  if  too  many  other  demands  are  not  being  made  for  service  at 
that  time,  you  get  instant  attention;  otherwise,  you  wait  until  some 
service  capacity  is  free  to  attend  to  you. 

Our  view  of  the  interaction  of  human  and  computer  in  the  future 
augmented  system  sees  a  large  number  of  relatively  simple  processes 
(human  scale  of  large  and  simple)  being  performed  by  the  computer  for 
the  human — processes  which  often  will  require  only  a  few  thousandths  of 
a  second  of  actual  computer  manipulation.  Such  a  fast  and  agile  helper 
as  a  computer  can  run  around  between  a  number  of  masters  and  seldom  keep 
any  of  them  waiting  (at  least,  not  long  enough  that  they  would  notice  it 
or  be  inconvenienced  appreciably) .  Occasionally,  of  course,  much  larger 
periods  of  computer  time  will  be  needed  by  an  individual,  and  then  the 
other  users  might  get  their  periodic  milliseconds  of  service  slipped  in 
during  these  longer  processes. 

5 .  Other  Related  Thought  and  Work 

When  we  began  our  search,  we  found  a  great  deal  of  literature 
which  put  forth  thought  and  work  of  general  significance  to  our  objective-- 


70 


frankly,  too  much.  Without  having  a  conceptual  framework,  we  could  not 
efficiently  filter  out  the  significant  kernels  of  fact  and  concept  from 
the  huge  mass  which  we  initially  collected  as  a  'natural  first  step”  in 
our  search.  We  feel  rather  unscholarly  not  to  buttress  our  conceptual 
framework  with  plentiful  reference  to  supporting  work,  but  in  truth  it 
was  too  difficult  to  do.  Developing  the  conceptual  structure  represented 
a  sweeping  synthesis  job  full  of  personal  constructs  from  smatterings 
picked  up  in  many  places.  Under  these  conditions,  giving  reference  to  a 
backup  source  would  usually  entail  qualifying  footnotes  reflecting  an 
unusual  interpretation  or  exonerating  the  other  author  from  the  impli¬ 
cations  we  derived  from  his  work.  We  look  forward  to  a  stronger,  more 
comprehensive,  and  more  scholarly  presentation  evolving  out  of  future 
work. 

However,  we  do  want  to  acknowledge  thoughts  and  work  we  have 
come  across  that  bear  most  directly  upon  the  possibilities  of  using  a 
computer  in  real-time  working  association  with  a  human  to  improve  his 
working  effectiveness.  These  fall  into  two  categories.  The  first  cate¬ 
gory,  which  would  include  this  report,  presents  speculations  and  possi¬ 
bilities  but  does  not  include  reporting  of  significant  experimental 
results.  Of  these,  Bush  is  the  earliest  and  one  of  the  most  directly 
stimulating.  Licklider15  provided  the  most  general  clear  case  for  the 
modern  computer,  and  coined  the  expression,  "man-computer  symbiosis”  to 
refer  to  the  close  interaction  relationship  between  the  man  and  computer 
in  mutually  beneficial  cooperation.  Ulam16  has  specifically  recommended 
close  man-computer  interaction  in  a  chapter  entitled,  "synergesis, ”  where 
he  points  out  in  considerable  detail  the  types  of  mathematical  work 
which  could  be  aided.  Good17  includes  some  conjecture  about  possibilities 
of  intellectual  aid  to  the  human  by  close  cooperation  with  a  computer  in 
a  rather  general  way,  and  also  presents  a  few  interesting  thoughts  about 
a  network  model  for  structuring  the  conceptual  kernels  of  information  to 
facilitate  a  sort  of  self-organizing  retrieval  system.  Ramo  has  given 
a  number  of  talks  dealing  with  the  future  possibilities  of  computers  for 
"extending  man's  intellect/  and  wrote  several  articles18'19  His  pro¬ 
jections  seem  slanted  more  toward  larger  bodies  of  humans  interacting  with 


71 


computers,  in  less  of  an  intimate  personal  sense  than  the  above  papers 
or  than  our  initial  goal.  Fein20  in  making  a  comprehensive  projection 
of  the  growth  and  dynamic  inter-relatedness  of  "computer-related 
sciences,"  includes  specific  mention  of  the  enhancement  of  human  intellect 
by  cooperative  activity  of  men,  mechanisms,  and  automata.  He  coined  the 
term  synnoetics  as  applicable  generally  to  the  cooperative  interaction 
of  people,  mechanisms,  plant  or  animal  organisms^  and  automata  into  a 
system  whose  mental  power  is  greater  than  that  of  its  components,  and 
presented  a  good  picture  of  the  integrated  way  in  which  many  currently 
separate  disciplines  should  be  developed  and  taught  in  the  future  to  do 
justice  to  their  mutual  roles  in  the  important  metadiscipline  defined 
as  "synnoetics." 

In  the  second  category,  there  have  been  a  few  papers  published 
recently  describing  actual  work  that  bears  directly  upon  our  topic. 
Licklider  and  Clark,21  and  Culler  and  Hufff2  in  the  1962  Spring  Joint 
Computer  Conference,  gave  what  are  essentially  progress  reports  of  work 
going  on  now  in  exactly  this  sort  of  thing — a  human  with  a  computer- 
backed  display  getting  minute-by-minute  help  in  solving  problems. 

Teager  reports  on  the  plans  and  current  development  of  a  large 

time-sharing  system  at  MIT,  which  is  planned  to  provide  direct  computer 
access  for  a  number  of  outlying  stations  located  in  scientists'  offices, 
giving  each  of  these  users  a  chance  for  real-time  utilization  of  the 
computer. 

There  are  several  efforts  that , we  have  heard  about,  but  for 
which  there  are  either  no  publications  or  for  which  none  have  been  dis¬ 
covered  by  us.  Mr.  Douglas  Ross,  of  the  Electronic  Systems  Laboratory  at 
MIT  has,  we  learned  by  direct  conversation,  been  thinking  and  working 
on  real-time  man-machine  interaction  problems  for  some  years.  We  have 
recently  learned  that  a  graduate  student  at  MIT,  Glenn  Randa,25  has 
developed  the  design  of  a  remote  display  console  under  Ross  for  his  grad¬ 
uate  thesis  project.  We  understand  that  another  graduate  student  there, 
Ivan  Sutherland,  is  currently  using  the  display-computer  facility  on  the 
TX-2  computer  at  Lincoln  Lab  to  develop  cooperative  techniques  for 


72 


engineering-design  problems.  And  at  RAND,  we  have  learned  by  personal 
discussion  that  Cliff  Shaw,  Tom  Ellis,  and  Keith  Uncapher  have  been 
involved  in  implementing  a  multi-station  time-sharing  system  built  around 
their  JOHNN I AC  computer.  Termed  the  JOHNNIAC  Open-Shop  System  (JOSS 
for  short),  it  apparently  is  near  completion,  and  will  use  remote  type¬ 
writer  stations. 

Undoubtedly,  there  are  efforts  of  others  falling  into  either 
or  both  categories  that  have  been  overlooked.  Such  oversight  has  not 
been  intentional,  and  it  is  hoped  that  these  researchers  will  make  their 
pertinent  work  known  to  us. 

B-  HYPOTHETICAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  COMPUTER-BASED  AUGMENTATION  SYSTEM 

Let  us  consider  some  specific  possibilities  for  redesigning  the 
augmentation  means  for  an  intellectually  oriented,  problem-solving  human. 
We  choose  to  present  those  developments  of  language  and  methodology  that 
can  capitalize  upon  the  symbol-manipulating  and  portraying  capabilities 
of  computer-based  equipment.  The  picture  of  the  possibilities  to  pursue 
will  change  and  grow  rapidly  as  research  gets  under  way,  but  we  need  to 
provide  what  pictures  we  can — to  give  substance  to  the  generalities 
developed  in  Section  II,  to  try  to  impart  our  feeling  of  rich  promise, 
and  to  introduce  a  possible  research  program  (Section  IV) . 

Although  our  generalizations  (about  augmentation  means,  capability 
hierarchies,  and  mental-,  concept-,  symbol-,  process-,  and  physical¬ 
structuring)  might  retain  their  validity  in  the  future — for  instance, 
our  generalized  prediction  that  new  developments  in  concept,  symbol, 
and  process  structuring  will  prove  to  be  tremendously  important — the 
specific  concepts,  symbol  structures,  and  processes  that  evolve  will 
most  likely  differ  from  what  we  know  and  use  now.  In  fact,  even  if  we 
in  some  way  could  know  now  what  would  emerge  after  say,  ten  years  of 
research,  it  is  likely  that  any  but  a  general  description  would  be 
difficult  to  express  in  today’s  terminology. 

1.  Background 

To  try  to  give  you  (the  reader)  a  specific  sort  of  feel  for  our 
thesis  in  spite  of  this  situation,  we  shall  present  the  following  picture 


73 


of  computer-based  augmentation  possibilities  by  describing  what  might 
happen  if  you  were  being  given  a  personal  discussion-demonstration  by  a 
friendly  fellow  (named  Joe)  who  is  a  trained  and  experienced  user  of  such 
an  augmentation  system  within  an  experimental  research  program  which  is 
several  years  beyond  our  present  stage.  We  assume  that  you  approach 
this  demonstration~interview  with  a  background  similar  to  what  the  pre¬ 
vious  portion  of  this  report  provides — that  is,  you  will  have  heard  or 
read  a  set  of  generalizations  and  a  few  rather  primitive  examples,  but 
you  will  not  yet  have  been  given  much  of  a  feel  for  how  a  computer-based 
augmentation  system  can  really  help  a  person. 

Joe  understands  this  and  explains  that  he  will  do  his  best  to 
give  you  the  valid  conceptual  feel  that  you  want — trying  to  tread  the 
narrow  line  between  being  too  detailed  and  losing  your  over-all  view  and 
being  too  general  and  not  providing  you  with  a  solid  feel  for  what  goes 
on.  He  suggests  that  you  sit  and  watch  him  for  a  while  as  he  pursues 
some  typical  work,  after  which  he  will  do  some  explaining.  You  are  not 
particularly  flattered  by  this,  since  you  know  that  he  is  just  going  to 
be  exercising  new  language  and  methodology  developments  on  his  new 
art if act s--and  after  all,  the  artifacts  donTt  look  a  bit  different  from 
what  you  expected — so  why  should  he  keep  you  sitting  there  as  if  you 
were  a  complete  stranger  to  this  stuff?  It  will  just  be  a  matter  of 
having  the  computer  do  some  of  his  symbol-manipulating  processes  for  him 
so  that  he  can  use  more  powerful  concepts  and  concept-manipulation  tech¬ 
niques/'  as  you  have  so  often  been  told. 

Joe  has  two  display  screens  side  by  side,  but  one  of  them  he 
doesn  t  seem  to  use  as  much  as  the  other.  And  the  screens  are  almost 
horizontal,  more  like  the  surface  of  a  drafting  table  than  the  near¬ 
vertical  picture  displays  you  had  somehow  imagined.  But  you  see  the 
reason  easily,  for  he  is  working  on  the  display  surface  as  intently  as 
a  draftsman  works  on  his  drawings,  and  it  would  be  awkward  to  reach  out 
to  a  vertical  surface  for  this  kind  of  work.  Some  of  the  time  Joe  is 
using  both  hands  on  the  keys,  obviously  feeding  information  into  the 
computer  at  a  great  rate. 


74 


Another  slight  surprise,  though — you  see  that  each  hand  operates 
on  a  set  of  keys  on  its  own  side  of  the  display  frames,  so  that  the  hands 
are  almost  two  feet  apart.  But  it  is  plain  that  this  arrangement  allows 
him  to  remain  positioned  over  the  frames  in  a  rather  natural  position, 
so  that  when  he  picks  the  light  pen  out  of  the  air  (which  is  its  rest 
posit ion ^  thanks  to  a  system  of  jointed  supporting  arms  and  a  controlled 
tension  and  rewind  system  for  the  attached  cord)  his  hand  is  still  on  the 
way  from  the  keyset  to  the  display  frame.  When  he  is  through  with  the 
pen  at  the  display  frame,  he  lets  go  of  it,  the  cord  rewinds,  and  the 
pen  is  again  in  position.  There  is  thus  a  minimum  of  effort,  movement, 
and  tiftie  involved  in  turning  to  work  on  the  frame.  That  is,  he  could 
easily  shift  back  and  forth  from  using  keyset  to  using  light  pen,  with 
either  hand  (one  pen  is  positioned  for  each  hand),  without  moving  his 
head,  turning,  or  leaning. 

A  good  deal  of  Joe's  time,  though,  seems  to  be  spent  with  one 
hand  on  a  keyset  and  the  other  using  a  light  pen  on  the  display  surface. 

It  is  in  this  type  of  working  mode  that  the  images  on  the  display  frames 
changed  most  dynamically.  You  receive  another  real  surprise  as  you 
realize  how  much  activity  there  is  on  the  face  of  these  display  tubes. 

You  ask  yourself  why  you  weren't  prepared  for  this,  and  you  are  forced 
to  admit  that  the  generalizations  you  had  heard  hadn't  really  sunk  in — 
new  methods  for  manipulating  symbols”  had  been  an  oft-repeated  term,  but 
it  just  hadn't  included  for  you  the  images  of  the  free  and  rapid  way  in 
which  Joe  could  make  changes  in  the  display,  and  of  meaningful  and 
flexible  "shaping”  of  ideas  and  work  status  which  could  take  place  so 
rapidly.  ; 

Then  you  realized  that  you  couldn't  make  any  sense  at  all  out 
of  the  specific  things  he  was  doing,  nor  of  the  major  part  of  what  you 
saw  on  the  displays.  You  could  recognize  many  words,  but  there  were  a 
good  number  that  were  obviously  special  abbreviations  of  some  sort. 

During  the  times  when  a  given  image  or  portion  of  an  image  remained  un¬ 
changed  long  enough  for  you  to  study  it  a  bit,  you  rarely  saw  anything 
that  looked  like  a  sentence  as  you  were  used  to  seeing  one.  You  were 


75 


beginning  to  gather  that  there  were  other  symbols  mixed  with  the  words 
that  might  be  part  of  a  sentence,  and  that  the  different  parts  of  what 
made  a  full-thought  statement  (your  feeling  about  what  a  sentence  is) 
were  not  just  laid  out  end  to  end  as  you  expected.  But  Joe  suddenly 
cleared  the  displays  and  turned  to  you  with  a  grin  that  signalled  the  end 
of  the  passive  observation  period,  and  also  that  somehow  told  you  that 
he  knew  very  well  that  you  now  knew  that  you  had  needed  such  a  period  to 
shake  out  some  of  your  limited  images  and  to  really  realize  that  a 
"capability  hierarchy"  was  a  rich  and  vital  thing. 

I  guess  you  noticed  that  I  was  using  unfamiliar  notions, 
symbols,  and  processes  to  go  about  doing  things  that  were  even  more 
unfamiliar  to  you?  You  made  a  non-committal  nod-— you  saw  no  reason  to 
admit  to  him  that  you  hadn't  even  been  able  to  tell  which  of  the  things 
he  had  been  doing  were  to  cooperate  with  which  other  things — and  he  con¬ 
tinued.  "To  give  you  a  feel  for  what  goes  on,  I'm  going  to  start  discussing 
and  demonstrating  some  of  the  very  basic  operations  and  notions  I've 
been  using.  You've  read  the  stuff  about  process  and  process-capability 
hierarchies,  I'm  sure.  I  know  from  past  experience  in  explaining  radical 
augmentation  systems  to  people  that  the  new  and  powerful  higher-level 
capabilities  that  they  are  interested  in — because  basically  those  are 
what  we  are  all  anxious  to  improve— can ' t  really  be  explained  to  them 
without  first  giving  them  some  understanding  of  the  new  and  powerful 
capabilities  upon  which  they  are  built.  This  holds  true  right  on  down 
the  line  to  the  type  of  low-level  capability  that  is  new  and  different  to: 
them  all  right,  but  that  they  just  wouldn't  ordinarily  see  as  being 
'powerful.'  And  yet  our  systems  wouldn't  be  anywhere  near  as  powerful 
without  them,  and  a  person's  comprehension  of  the  system  would  be  rather 
f he  didn't  have  some  understanding  of  these  basic  capabilities 
and  of  the  hierarchical  structure  built  up  from  them  to  provide  the 
highest-level  capabilities." 

2.  Single-Frame  Composition 

"For  explanation  purposes  here,  let's  say  that  the  lowest  level 
at  which  the  computer  system  comes  into  direct  play  in  my  capability 


76 


hierarchy  is  in  the  task  of  what  1*11  call  ! single-frame  composition.* 
We'll  stick  to  working  with  prose  text  in  our  examples — most  people  can 
grasp  easily  enough  what  we  are  doing  there  without  having  to  have  special 
backgrounds  in  mathematics  or  science  as  they  would  to  gain  equal  compre¬ 
hension  for  some  of  the  similar  sorts  of  things  we  do  with  diagrams  and 
mathematical  equations.  This  low-level  composition  task  is  just  what 
you  normally  do  with  a  pen  or  pencil  or  typewriter  on  a  piece  of  paper — 
that  is,  assemble  a  bunch  of  symbols  before  your  eyes  in  order  to  portray 
something  which  you  have  in  mind.” 

You  listened  and  watched  as  Joe  showed  you  some  of  the  dif¬ 
ferent  ways  in  which  the  composition  of  straightforward  text  was  made 
easier  for  him  in  this  system.  With  either  hand,  Joe  could  "type"  (the 
keysets  didn't  look  at  all  like  typewriter  keyboards)  individual  letters 
and  numbers,  and  if  he  had  directed  it  to  do  so,  the  computer  would  put 
each  successive  symbol  next  to  its  predecessor  just  as  a  typewriter 
does  only  here  there  was  completely  automatic  "carriage  return"  service. 
This  didn  t  impress  you  very  much,  since  an  automatic  carriage-return 
feature  was  sort  of  a  trivial  return  on  the  investment  behind  all  of 
this  equipment  but  then  you  reflected  that,  as  long  as  the  computer  was 
there  anyway,  to  help  do  all  the  flashy  things  you  had  witnessed  earlier, 
one  might  as  well  use  it  in  all  of  the  little  helpful  ways  he  could. 

But  there  were  other  ways  in  which  help  was  derived  for  this 

composition  task.  He  showed  you  how  he  could  call  up  the  dictionary 
definition  to  any  word  he  had  typed  in,  with  but  a  few  quick  flicks  on 
the  keyset.  Synonyms  or  antonyms  could  just  as  easily  be  brought  forth. 
This  also  seemed  sort  of  trivially  obvious,  and  Joe  seemed  to  know  that 
you  would  feel  so.  "it  turns  out  that  this  simple  capability  makes  it 

feasible  to  do  some  pretty  rough  tasks  in  the  upper  levels  of  the 

capability  hierarchy — where  precise  use  of  special  terms  really  pays 
off,  where  the  human  just  couldn't  be  that  precise  by  depending  upon 
his  unaided  memory  for  definitions  and  ’standards,'  and  where  using 
dictionary  and  reference-book  lookup  in  the  normal  fashion  would  be  so 
distracting  and  time-consuming  that  the  task  execution  would  break  down. 

We  ve  tried  taking  this  feature  away  in  some  of  these  processes  up  there, 
and  believe  me,  the  result  was  a  mess." 


77 


i 

You  could  get  some  dim  feeling  for  what  he  meant,  having  watched 
him  working  for  a  while,  but  you  were  nevertheless  much  relieved  to  find 
the  next  thing  he  showed  you  to  be  more  directly  impressive.  He  showed 
you  how  he  could  single  out  a  group  of  words  (called  the  "object  symbol 
string,  or  simply  object  string")  and  define  an  abbreviation  term, 
composed  of  any  string  of  symbols  he  might  choose,  that  became  associated 
with  the  object  string  in  computer  storage.  At  any  later  time  (until 
he  chose  to  discard  that  particular  abbreviation  from  his  working  voca¬ 
bulary)  the  typing  of  the  abbreviation  term  would  call  forth  automatically 
the  printing  on  the  display  of  the  entire  object  string.  Joe  showed 
you  another  way  in  which  this  abbreviation  feature  might  work.  He 
arranged  for  the  computer  to  print  the  abbreviation  on  the  display, 
just  the  way  he  typed  it  in.  At  a  subsequent  reading,  if  he  had  for¬ 
gotten  what  the  abbreviation  stood  for,  he  could  call  for  substitution 
of  the  full  object  string  to  refresh  his  memory. 

Then  he  showed  you  how  this  sort  of  facility  had  been  extended, 
in  a  refined  way,  to  provide  a  rather  powerful  sort  of  shorthand.  He 
could  hit  a  great  many  combinations  of  keys  on  his  keyset — i.e.,  any  one 
strode  of  his  hand  could  depress  a  number  of  keys,  which  gave  him  over 
a  thousand  unique  single-stroke  signals  to  the  computer  with  either  hand. 
Some  of  these  signals  were  used  as  abbreviations  for  entire  words.  It 

i 

seems  that,  for  instance,  the  150  most  commonly  used  words  in  a  natural 
language  made  up  about  half  of  any  normal  text  in  that  language.  Joe 
said  that  it  was  thus  quite  feasible  to  learn  and  use  the  single-stroke 
abbreviations  for  about  half  of  the  words  he  used,  but  beyond  that  each 
added  percent  began  to  require  him  to  have  too  many  abbreviations  under 
his  command .  But  he  said  that  there  were  a  lot  of  word  endings,  letter 
pairs  (diagrams) ,  and  letter  triplets  (trigrams)  that  were  so  common  as 
to  make  it  pay  to  abbreviate  them  to  a  single  stroke.  A  whole  word  so 
abbreviated  saved  typing  all  the  letters  as  well  as  the  spaces  at  either 
side  of  t^e  word,  and  a  word-ending  abbreviated  by  a  single  stroke  saved 
typing  the  letters  and  the  end-of-word  space.  He  claimed  that  he  could 
comfortably  rattle  off  about  180  words  a  minute — faster  than  he  could 
comfortably  talk.  You  believed  him  after  he  transcribed  your  talking 


78 


for  a  minute  or  so,  and  it  gave  you  an  eerie  feeling  to  see  the  near 
instantaneous  appearance  of  your  words  and  sentences  in  neat  printed 
form. 

Joe  said  that  there  were  other  miscellaneous  simple  features, 
and  some  quite  sophisticated  features  to  help  the  composition  process. 

He  made  some  brief  references' to  statistical  predictions  that  the  com¬ 
puter  could  make  regarding  what  you  were  going  to  type  next,  and  that  if 
you  got  reasonably  skillful  you  could  "steer  through  the  extrapolated 
prediction  field  as  you  entered  your  information  and  often  save  energy 
and  time.  You  gathered  that  he  thought  you  would  saturate  about  there  on 
this  particular  subject,  because  he  went  on  to  the  next. 

3-  Single-Frame  Manipulation 

Even  if  I  couldn’t  actually  specify  new  symbols  here  any 
faster  than  with  a  typewriter,  the  extreme  flexibility  that  this  computer 
system  provides  for  making  changes  in  what  is  presented  on  the  display 
screen  would  make  me  very  much  more  effective  in  creating  finished  text 
than  I  could  ever  be  on  a  typewriter."  With  this  statement,  Joe  pro¬ 
ceeded  to  show  you  what  he  meant.  The  frame  full  of  your  transcribed 
speech  was  still  showing,  and  it  represented  the  clumsy  phrasing  and 
illogical  progression  of  thought  so  typical  of  extemporaneous  speech. 

Joe  took  the  light  gun  in  his  right  hand,  and  with  a  deft  flick  of  it, 
coordinated  with  a  stroke  of  his  left  hand  on  its  keyset,  caused  the 
silent  and  instantaneous  deletion  of  a  superfluous  word.  The  word 
disappeared  from  the  frame,  and  the  rest  of  the  text  simultaneously  re¬ 
adjusted  to  present  the  neat,  no-gap,  full-line  appearance  it  had  had. 

With  but  slightly  more  motion  of  his  light  pen,  he  could 
similarly  delete  any  string  of  words  or  letters.  He  demonstrated  this 
by  cutting  out  what  I  thought  to  be  some  relevant  prose,  and  then  he 
showed  how  the  system  allowed  for  second  thoughts  about  such  human- 
directed  processes — those  words  were  automatically  saved  for  a  brief 
period  in  case  he  wanted  to  call  them  back.  Leaving  his  light  pen 
pointed  at  the  space  where  a  deleted  symbol  string  used  to  be,  Joe  could 
reinstate  it  instantaneously  with  one  stroke  of  his  left  hand. 

79 


/ 


Adding  one  more  light-pen  pointing  to  what  it  took  to  delete 
an  arbitrary  string  of  symbols ,  Joe  could  direct  the  computer  to  move 
that  string  from  where  it  was  to  insert  it  at  a  new  point  which  his  light 
pen  designated.  Again  it  would  disappear  instantaneously  from  where  it 
had  been,  but  now  the  modified  display  would  show  the  old  text  to  have 
been  spread  apart  just  enough  at  the  indicated  point  to  hold  this  string. 
The  text  would  all  still  look  as  neat  as  if  freshly  retyped.  With 
similar  types  of  keyset  and  light-pen  operations,  Joe  could  change  para¬ 
graph  break  points,  transpose  two  arbitrary  symbol  strings  (words,  sen¬ 
tences,  paragraphs,  etc.,  or  fragments  thereof),  readjust  margins  of 
arbitrary  sections  of  text — essentially  being  able  to  affect  immediately 
any  of  the  changes  that  a  proofreader  might  want  to  designate  with  his 
special  marks,  only  here  the  ’proof reader”  is  always  looking  at  clean  text 
as  if  it  had  been  instantaneously  retyped  after  each  designation  had 
been  made. 

Joe  also  demonstrated  how  he  could  request  that  each  instance 
of  the  use  of  a  given  term  be  changed  to  a  newly  designated  term,  and 
this  would  again  be  instantaneously  accomplished.  Also,  he  could  ar¬ 
bitrarily  set  the  margins  between  which  any  section  of  text  must  appear, 
and  its  line  lengths  and  number  of  lines  would  automatically  be  adjusted. 

He  showed  how  this  was  useful  in  displaying  parallel  or  counter  arguments — 
although  he  said  that  actual  use  of  this  feature  was  a  bit  more  sophisti¬ 
cated  by  squeezing  each  into  half  width  and  putting  them  side  by  side 
(with  a  vertical  line  suddenly  separating  them) ,  One  of  the  sections  of 
text  was  about  a  third  longer  than  the  other — but  two  quick  strokes  with 
Joe  s  left  hand  caused  the  computer  to  adjust  the  display  automatically. 

The  middle  separator  line  was  moved  toward  the  shorter  piece  of  text, 
and  the  line  lengths  of  the  two  sections  were  adjusted  so  that  they 
occupied  the  same  length  along  the  display  frame.  Yes,  you  were  be¬ 
ginning  to  get  a  feel  for  what  the  expression  "flexible  new  methods  for 
manipulating  symbol  structures"  might  really  imply,  at  least  on  this 
basic-capability  level. 


80 


4 .  Structuring  an  Argument 


If  we  want  to  go  on  to  a  higher-level  capability  to  give  you 
a  feeling  for  how  our  rebuilt  capability  hierarchy  works,  it  will  speed 
us  along  to  look  at  how  we  might  organize  these  more  primitive  capabilities 
which  I  have  demonstrated  into  some  new  and  better  ways  to  set  up  what 
we  can  call  an  Argument.1  This  refers  loosely  to  any  set  of  statements 
(we* 11  call  them  'product  statements')  that  represents  the  product  of 
a  period  of  work  toward  a  given  objective.  Confused?  Well,  take  the 
simple  case  where  an  argument  leads  to  a  single  product  statement.  For 
instance,  you  come  to  a  particular  point  in  your  work  where  you  have  to 
decide  what  to  do  for  the  next  step.  You  go  through  some  reasoning  pro¬ 
cess  usually  involving  statements — and  come  up  with  a  statement  specifying 
that  next  step.  That  final  statement  is  the  product  statement,  and  it 
represents  the  product  of  the  argument  or  reasoning  process  which  led 
to  it . 

You  usually  think  of  an  argument  as  a  serial  sequence  of  steps 
of  reason,  beginning  with  known  facts,  assumptions,  etc.,  and  progressing 
toward  a  conclusion.  Well,  we  do  have  to  think  through  these  steps 
serially,  and  we  usually  do  list  the  steps  serially  when  we  write  them 
out  because  that  is  pretty  much  the  way  our  papers  and  books  have  to 
present  them  they  are  pretty  limiting  in  the  symbol  structuring  they 
enable  us  to  use.  Have  you  even  seen  a  * scrambled-text '  programmed 
instruction  book?  That  is  an  interesting  example  of  a  deviation  from 
straight  serial  presentation  of  steps. 

Conceptually  speaking,  however,  an  argument  is  not  a  serial 
affair.  It  is  sequential,  I  grant  you,  because  some  statements  have  to 
follow  others,  but  this  doesn't  imply  that  its  nature  is  necessarily 
serial.  We  usually  string  Statement  B  after  Statement  A,  with  Statements 
C,  D,  E,  F,  and  so  on  following  in  that  order — this  is  a  serial  structuring 
of  our  symbols.  Perhaps  each  statement  logically  followed  from  all  those 
which  preceded  it  on  the  serial  list,  and  if  so,  then  the  conceptual 
structuring  would  also  be  serial  in  nature,  and  it  would  be  nicely 
matched  for  us  by  the  symbol  structuring. 


81 


"But  a  more  typical  case  might  find  A  to  be  an  independent 
statement ,  B  dependent  upon  A,  C  and  D  independent,  E  depending  upon  D 
and  B,  E  dependent  upon  C,  and  F  dependent  upon  A,  D,  and  E.  See, 
sequential  but  not  serial?  A  conceptual  network  but  not  a  conceptual 
chain.  The  old  paper  and  pencil  methods  of  manipulating  symbols  just 
weren 1 t  very  adaptable  to  making  and  using  symbol  structures  to  match 
the  ways  we  make  and  use  conceptual  structures.  With  the  new  symbol- 
manipulating  methods  here,  we  have  terrific  flexibility  for  matching 
the  two,  and  boy,  it  really  pays  off  in  the  way  you  can  tie  into  your 
work." 

This  makes  you  recall  dimly  the  generalizations  you  had  heard 
previously  about  process  structuring  limiting  symbol  structuring,  symbol 
structuring  limiting  concept  structuring,  and  concept  structuring  limiting 
mental  structuring.  You  nod  cautiously,  in  hopes  that  he  will  proceed 
in  some  way  that  will  tie  this  kind  of  talk  to  something  from  which  you 
can  get  the  feel  of  what  it  is  all  about.  As  it  turns  out,  that  is 
just  what  he  intends  to  do. 

"Let's  actually  work  some  examples.  You  help  me."  And  you  be¬ 
come  involved  in  a  truly  fascinating  game.  Joe  tells  you  that  you  are 
to  develop  an  argument  leading  to  statements  summarizing  the  augmentation 
means  so  far  revealed  to  you  for  doing  the  kind  of  straight-text  work 
usually  done  with  a  pencil  and  eraser  on  a  single  sheet  of  paper.  You 
unconsciously  look  for  a  scratch  pad  before  you  realize  that  he  is  telling 
you  that  you  are  going  to  do  this  the  "augmented  way"  by  using  him  and 
his  system — with  artful  coaching  from  him.  Under  a  bit  of  urging  from 
him,  you  begin  self-consciously  to  mumble  some  inane  statements  about 
what  you  have  seen,  what  they  imply,  what  your  doubts  and  reservations 
are,  etc.  He  mercilessly  ignores  your  obvious  discomfort  and  gives  you 
no  cue  to  stop,  until  he  drops  his  hands  to  his  lap  after  he  has  filled 
five  frames  with  these  statements  (the  surplus  filled  frames  disappeared 
to  somewhere— you  assume  Joe  knows  where  they  went  and  how  to  get  them 
back)  . 


82 


"You  notice  how  you  wandered  down  different  short  paths ,.  and 
criss-crossed  yourself  a  few  times?”  You  nod — depressed,  no  defense. 

But  he  isn’t  needling  you.  "Very  natural  development,  just  the  way  we 
humans  always  seem  to  start  out  on  a  task  for  which  we  aren’t  all  primed 
with  knowledge,  method,  experience,  and  conf idence--which  is  to  include 
essentially  every  problem  of  any  consequence  to  us.  So  let’s  see  how 
we  can  accommodate  the  human’s  way  of  developing  his  comprehension  and 
his  final  problem  solution. 

"Perhaps  I  should  have  stopped  sooner — I  am  supposed  to  be 
coaching  you  instead  of  teasing  you--but  I  had  a  reason.  You  haven't 
been  making  use  of  the  simple  symbol-manipulation  means  that  I  showed 
you — other  than  the  shorthand  for  getting  the  stuff  on  the  screens.  You 
started  out  pretty  much  the  way  you  might  with  your  typewriter  or  pencil. 
I’ll  show  you  how  you  could  have  been  doing  otherwise,  but  I  want  you  to 
notice  first  how  hard  it  is  for  a  person  to  realize  how  really  unques¬ 
tioning  he  is  about  the  way  he  does  things.  Somehow  we  implicitly  view 
most  all  of  our  methods  as  just  sort  of  ’the  way  things  are  done,  that’s 
all.’  You  knew  that  some  exotic  techniques  were  going  to  be  applied, 
and  you’ll  have  to  admit  that  you  were  passively  waiting  for  them  to  be 
handed  to  you." 

With  a  non-committal  nod,  you  suggest  getting  on  with  it,  Joe 
begins,  "You’re  probably  waiting  for  something  impressive.  What  I’m 
trying  to  prime  you  for,  though,  is  the  realization  that  the  impressive 
new  tricks  all  are  based  upon  lots  of  changes  in  the  little  things  you 
do.  This  computerized  system  is  used  over  and  over  and  over  again  to  help 
me  do  little  things — where  my  methods  and  ways  of  handling  little  things 
are  changed  until,  lo,  they’ve  added  up  and  suddenly  I  can  do  impressive 
new  things." 

You  don’t  know.  He’s  a  nice  enough  guy,  but  he  sure  gets 
preachy.  But  the  good  side  of  your  character  shows  through,  and  you 
realize  that  everything  so  far  has  been  about  little  things — this  is 
probably  an  important  point.  You’ll  stick  with  him.  Okay,  so  what  could 
you  have  been  doing  to  use  the  simple  tricks  he  had  shown  you  in  a  useful 


83 


way?  Joe  picks  up  the  light  pen,  poises  his  other  hand  over  the  keyset, 
and  looks  at  you.  You  didn’t  need  the  hint,  but  thanks  anyway,  and  let’s 
start  rearranging  and  cleaning  up  the  work  space  instead  of  just  dumping 
more  raw  material  on  it. 

With  closer  coaching  now  from  Joe,  you  start  through  the  list 
of  statements  you’ve  made  and  begin  to  edit,  re-word,  compile,  and  delete. 
It’s  fun — "put  that  sentence  back  up  here  between  these  two" — and  blink, 
it's  done.  Group  these  four  statements,  indented  two  spaces,  under 
the  heading  "shorthand,"  and  blinko,  it’s  done.  "insert  what  I  say  next 
there,  after  that  sentence."  You  dictate  a  sentence  to  extend  a  thought 
that  is  developing,  and  Joe  effortlessly  converts  it  into  an  inserted 
new  sentence.  Your  ideas  begin  to  take  shape,  and  you  can  continually 
re-work  the  existing  set  of  statements  to  keep  representing  the  state  of 
your  "concept  structure." 

You  are  quite  elated  by  this  freedom  to  juggle  the  record  of 
your  thoughts,  and  by  the  way  this  freedom  allows  you  to  work  them  into 
shape.  You  reflected  that  this  flexible  cut-and-try  process  really  did 
appear  to  match  the  way  you  seemed  to  develop  your  thoughts.  Golly,  you 
could  be  writing  math  expressions,  ad  copy,  or  a  poem,  with  the  same  type 
of  benefit.  You  were  ready  to  tell  Joe  that  now  you  saw  what  he  had  been 
trying  to  tell  you  about  matching  symbol  structuring  to  concept 
st ructuring--when  he  moved  on  to  show  you  a  succession  of  other  tech¬ 
niques  tjiat  made  you  realize  you  hadn’t  yet  gotten  the  full  significance 
of  his  pitch. 

So  far  the  structure  that  you  have  built  with  your  symbols 
looks  just  like  what  you  might  build  with  pencil-and-paper  techniques — 
only  here  the  building  is  so  much  easier  when  you  can  trim,  extend,  in¬ 
sert,  and  rearrange  so  freely  and  rapidly.  But  the  same  computer  here  that 
gives  us  these  freedoms  with  so  trivial  an  application  of  its  power,  can 
just  as  easily  give  us  other  simple  capabilities  which  we  can  apply  to 
the  development  and  use  of  different  types  of  structure  from  what  we 
used  to  use.  But  let  me  unfold  these  little  computer  tricks  as  we  come 
to  them. 


84 


When  you  look  at  a  given  statement  in  the  middle  of  your 
argument  structure,  there  are  a  number  of  things  you  want  to  know.  Let’s 
simplify  the  situation  by  saying  that  you  might  ask  three  questions, 

’What’s  this?’,  'How  come?',  and  ’So  what?’  Let’s  take  these  questions 
one  at  a  time  and  see  how  some  changes  in  structuring  might  help  a  per¬ 
son  answer  them  better. 

You  look  at  a  statement  and  you  want  to  understand  its  meaning. 
You  are  used  to  seeing  a  statement  portrayed  in  just  the  manner  you 
might  hear  it — as  a  serial  succession  of  words.  But,  just  as  with  the 
statements  within  an  argument,  the  conceptual  relationship  among  the 
words  of  a  sentence  is  not  generally  serial,  and  we  can  benefit  in  matching 
better  to  the  conceptual  structure  if  we  can  conveniently  work  with  cer¬ 
tain  non-serial  symbol-structuring  forms  within  sentences. 

Most  of  the  structuring  forms  I’ll  show  you  stem  from  the 
simple  capability  of  being  able  to  establish  arbitrary  linkages  between 
diff erent  substructures,  and  of  directing  the  computer  subsequently  to 
display  a  set  of  linked  Substructures  with  any  relative  positioning  we 
might  designate  among  the  different  substructures.  You  can  designate 
as  many  different  kinds  of  links  as  you  wish,  so  that  you  can  specify 
different  display  or  manipulative  treatment  for  the  different  types." 

Joe  picked  out  one  of  your  sentences,  and  pushed  the  rest  of 
the  text  a  few  lines  up  and  down  from  it  to  isolate  it.  He  then  showed 
you  how  he  could  make  a  few  strokes  on  the  keyset  to  designate  the  type 
link  he  wanted  established,  and  pick  the  two  symbol  structures  that 
were  to  be  linked  by  means  of  the  light  pen.  He  said  that  most  links 
possessed  a  direction,  i.e.,  they  were  like  an  arrow  pointing  from  one 
substructure  to  another,  so  that  in  setting  up  a  link  he  must  specify 
the  two  substructures  in  a  given  order. 

He  went  to  work  for  a  moment,  rapidly  setting  up  links  within 
your  sentence.  Then  he  showed  you  how  you  could  get  some  help  in  looking 
at  a  statement  and  understanding  it.  "Here  is  one  standard  portrayal, 
for  which  I  have  established  a  computer  process  to  do  the  structuring 
automatically  on  the  basis  of  the  interword  links."  A  few  strokes  on 


85 


the  keyset  and  suddenly  the  sentence  fell  to  pieces — different  parts  of 
it  being  positioned  here  and  there,  with  some  lines  connecting  them, 
"Remember  diagramming  sentences  when  you  were  studying  grammar?  Some 
good  methods,  plus  a  bit  of  practice,  and  you’d  be  surprised  how  much  a 
diagrammatic  breakdown  can  help  you  to  scan  a  complex  statement  and 
untangle  it  quickly, 

"We  have  developed  quite  a  few  more  little  schemes  to  help  at 
the  statement  level.  I  don’t  want  to  tangle  you  up  with  too  much  detail, 
though.  You  can  see,  probably,  that  quick  dictionary-lookup  helps."- 
He  aimed  at  a  term  with  the  light  pen  and  hit  a  few  strokes  on  the  key¬ 
set,  and  the  old  text  jumped  farther  out  of  the  way  and  the  definition 
appeared  above  the  diagram,  with  the  defined  term  brighter  than  the 
rest  of  the  diagram.  And  he  showed  you  also  how  you  could  link  secondary 
phrases  (or  sentences)  to  parts  of  the  statement  for  more  detailed  des¬ 
cription.  These  secondary  substructures  wouldn’t  appear  when  you  nor- 
mally  viewed  the  statement,  but  could  be  brought  in  by  simple  request  if 
you  wanted  closer  study. 

"it  proves  to  be  terrifically  useful  to  be  able  to  work  easily 
with  statements  that  represent  more  sophisticated  and  complex  concepts. 
Sort  of  like  being  able  to  use  structural  members  that  are  lighter  and 
stronger — it  gives  you  new  freedom  in  building  structures.  But  let’s 
move  on — we’ll  come  back  to  this  area  later,  if  we  have  time. 

"When  you  look  at  a  statement  and  ask,  ’How  come?*,  you  are 
used  to  scanning  back  over  a  serial  array  of  previously  made  statements 
in  search  of  an  understanding  of  the  basis  upon  which  this  statement  was 
made.  But  some  of  these  previous  statements  are  much  more  significant 
than  others  to  this  search  for  understanding.  Let  us  use  what  we  call 
’antecedent  links’  to  point  to  these,  and  I’ll  give  you  a  basic  idea  of 
how  we  structure  an  argument  so  that  we  can  quickly  track  down  the 
essential  basis  upon  which  a  given  statement  rests." 

You  helped  him  pick  out  the  primary  antecedents  of  the  state¬ 
ment  you  had  been  studying,  and  he  established  links  to  them.  These 
statements  were  scattered  back  through  the  serial  list  of  statements 


86 


that  you  had  assembled,  and  Joe  showed  you  how  you  could  either  brighten 
or  underline  them  to  make  them  stand  out  to  your  eye — just  by  requesting 
the  computer  to  do  this  for  all  direct  antecedents  of  the  designated 
statement.  He  told  you,  though,  that  you  soon  get  so  you  arenTt  very 
much  interested  in  seeing  the  serial  listing  of  all  of  the  statements, 
and  he  made  another  request  of  the  computer  (via  the  keyset)  that  eliminated 
all  the  prior  statements,  except  the  direct  antecedents,  from  the  screen. 

The  subject  statement  went  to  the  bottom  of  the  frame,  and  the  antecedent 
statements  were  neatly  listed  above  it. 

Joe  then  had  you  designate  an  order  of  importance  to  compre¬ 
hension  among  these  statements,  and  he  rearranged  them  accordingly  as 
fast  as  you  could  choose  them.  (This  choosing  was  remarkably  helped  by 
having  only  the  remainder  statements  to  study  for  each  new  choice — another 
little  contribution  to  effectiveness,  you  thought.)  He  mentioned  that 
you  could  designate  orderings  under  several  different  criteria,  and 
later  have  the  display  show  whichever  ordering  you  wished.  This,  he 
implied,  could  be  used  very  effectively  when  you  were  building  or  studying 
an  argument  structure  in  which  from  time  to  time  you  wanted  to  strengthen 
your  comprehension  relative  to  different  aspects  of  the  situation. 

Each  primary  antecedent  can  similarly  be  linked  to  its  primary 
antecedents,  and  so  on,  until  you  arrive  at  the  statements  representing 
the  premises,  the  accepted  facts,  and  the  objectives  upon  which  this 
argument  had  been  established.  When  we  had  established  the  antecedent 
links  for  all  the  statements  in  the  argument,  the  question  *  So  what?1 
that  you  might  ask  when  looking  ht  a  given  statement  would  be  answered 
by  looking  for  the  statements  for  which  the  given  statement  was  an  antecedent 
We  already  have  links  to  these  consequents — just  turn  around  the  arrows 
oh  the  antecedent  links  and  we  have  consequent  links .  So.  we  can  easily  : 
call  forth  an  uncluttered  display  of  consequent  statements  to  help  us 
see  why  we  needed  this  given  statement  in  the  argument. 

To  help  us  get  better  comprehension  of  the  structure  of  an 
argument,  we  can  also  call  forth  a  schematic  or  graphical  display.  Once 
the  antecedent-consequent  links  have  been  established,  the  computer  can 


87 


automatically  construct  such  a  display  for  us.M  So,  Joe  spent  a  few 
minutes  (with  your  help)  establishing  a  reasonable  set  of  links  among 
the  statements  you  had  originally  listed.  Then  another  keyed-in  request 
to  the  computer,  and  almost  instantaneously  there  appeared  a  network  of 
lines  and  dots  that  looked  something  like  a  tree — except  that  sometimes 
branches  would  fuse  together.  "Each  node  or  dot  represents  one  of  the 
statements  of  your  argument,  and  the  lines  are  antecedent-consequent 
links.  The  antecedents  of  one  statement  always  lie  above  that  statement — 
or  rather,  their  nodes  lie  above  its  node.  When  you  get  used  to  using  a 
network  representation  like  this,  it  really  becomes  a  great  help  in  getting 
the  feel  for  the  way  all  the  different  ideas  and  reasoning  fit  together — 
that  is,  for  the  conceptual  structuring." 

Joe  demonstrated  some  ways  in  which  you  could  make  use  of  the 
diagram  to  study  the  argument  structure,  Point  to  any  node,  give  a 
couple  of  strokes  on  the  keyset,  and  the  corresponding  statement  would 
appear  on  the  other  screen — and  that  node  would  become  brighter.  Call 
the  antecedents  forth  on  the  second  screen,  and  select  one  of  special 
interest  deleting  the  others.  Follow  back  down  the  antecedent  trail  a 
little  further,  using  one  screen  to  look  at  the  detail  at  any  time,  and 
the  other  to  show  you  the  larger  view,  with  automatic  node-brightening 
indication  of  where  these  detailed  items  fit  in  the  larger  view. 

For  a  little  embellishment  here,  and  to  show  off  another  little 
capability  in  my  repertoire,  let  me  label  the  nodes  so  that  you  can  develop 
more  association  between  the  nodes  and  the  statements  in  the  argument.  I 
can  do  this  several  ways.  For  one  thing,  I  can  tell  the  computer  to  number 
the  statements  in  the  order  in  which  you  originally  had  them  listed,  and 
have  the  labelling  done  automatically."  This  took  him  a  total  of  five 
strokes  on  the  keyset,  and  suddenly  each  node  was  made  into  a  circle  with 
a  number  in  it.  The  statements  that  were  on  the  second  screen  now  each 
had  its  respective  serial  number  sitting  next  to  it  in  the  left  margin. 
"This  helps  you  remember  what  the  different  nodes  on  the  network  display 
contain.  We  have  also  evolved  some  handy  techniques  for  constructing 
abbreviation  labels  that  help  your  memory  quite  a  bit. 


88 


"Also,  we  can  display  extra  fine-structure  and  labelling  detail 
within  the  network  in  the  specific  local  area  we  happen  to  be  concentrating 
upon.  This  finer  detail  is  washed  out  as  we  move  to  another  spot  with 
our  close  attention,  and  the  coarser  remaining  structure  is  compressed, 
so  that  there  is  room  for  our  new  spot  to  be  blown  up.  It  is  a  lot  like 
using  zones  of  variable  magnification  as  you  scan  the  structure — higher 
magnification  where  you  are  inspecting  detail,  lower  magnification  in 
the  surrounding  field  so  that  your  feel  for  the  whole  structure  and  where 
you  are  in  it  can  stay  with  you." 

5  .  General  Symbol  Structuring 

"if  you  are  tangling  with  a  problem  of  any  size — whether  it 
involves  you  for  half  an  -hour  or  two  years — the  entire  collection  of 
statements,  sketches,  computations,  literature  sources,  and  source  ex¬ 
tracts  that  is  associated  with  your  work  would  in  our  minds  constitute 
a  single  symbol  structure.  There  may  be  many  levels  of  substructuring 
between  the  level  of  individual  symbols  and  that  represented  by  the  entire 
collection.  You  and  I  have  been  working  with  some  of  the  lower-ordered 
substructures — the  individual  statements  and  the  multistatement  argu¬ 
ments — and  have  skimmed  through  some  of  the  ways  to  build  and  manipulate 
them.  The  results  of  small  arguments  are  usually  integrated  in  a  higher- 
level  network  of  argument  or  concept  development,  and  these  into  still 
higher- level  networks,  and  so  on.  But  at  any  such  level,  the  manner  in 
which  the  interrelationship  between  the  kernels  of  argument  can  be  tagged, 
portrayed,  studied  and  manipulated  is  much  the  same  as  those  which  we 
have  just  been  through. 

"Substructures  that  might  represent  mathematical  or  formal- 
logic  arguments  may  be  linked  right  in  with  substructures  composed  of 
the  more  informal  statements.  Substructures  that  represent  graphs,  curves, 
engineering  drawings,  and  other  graphical  forms  can  likewise  be  integrated. 
One  can  also  append  special  substructures,  of  any  size,  to  particular 
other  substructures.  A  frequent  use  of  this  is  to  append  descriptive 
material — something  like  footnotes,  only  much  more  flexible.  Or,  special 
messages  can  be  hung  on  that  offer  ideas  such  as  simplifying  an  argument 


89 


or  circumventing  a  blocked  path — to  be  uncovered  and  considered  at  some 
later  date.  These  different  appended  substructures  can  remain  invisible 
to  the  worker  until  such  time  as  he  wants  to  flush  them  into  view.  He 
can  ask  for  the  cue  symbols  that  indicate  their  presence  (identifying 
where  they  are  linked  and  what  their  respective  types  are)  to  be  shown 
on  the  network  display  any  time  he  wishes,  and  then  call  up  whichever 
of  them  he  wishes.  If  he  is  interested  in  only  one  type  of  appended 
substructure,  he  can  request  that  only  the  cues  associated  with  that 
type  be  displayed. 

You  should  also  realize  that  a  substructure  doesnft  have  to 
be  a  hunk  of  data  sitting  neatly  distinct  within  the  normal  form  of  the 
larger  structure.  One  can  choose  from  a  symbol  structure  (or  substructure, 
generally)  any  arbitrary  collection  of  its  substructures,  designate  any 
arbitrary  structuring  among  these  and  any  new  substructures  he  wants  to 
add,  and  thus  define  a  new  substructure  which  the  computer  can  untangle 
from  the  larger  structure  and  present  to  him  at  any  time.  The  associative 
trails  that  Bush  suggested  represent  a  primitive  example  of  this.  A  good 
deal  of  this  type  of  activity  is  involved  during  the  early,  shifting 
development  of  some  phase  of  work,  as  you  saw  when  you  were  collecting 
tentative  argument  chains.  But  here  again,  we  find  ever  more  delightful 
ways  to  make  use  of  the  straightforward-seeming  capabilities  in  developing 
new  higher-level  capabilities--which,  of  course,  seem  sort  of  straight¬ 
forward  by  then,  too. 

"i  found,  when  I  learned  to  work  with  the  structures  and  mani¬ 
pulation  processes  such  as  we  have  outlined,  that  I  got  rather  impatient 
if  I  had  to  go  back  to  dealing  with  the  serial-statement  structuring  in 
books  and  journals,  or  other  ordinary  means  of  communicating  with  other 
workers.  It  is  rather  like  having  to  project  three-dimensional  images 
onto  two-dimensional  frames  and  to  work  with  them  there  instead  of  in 
their  natural  form.  Actually,  it  is  much  closer  to  the  truth  to  say  that 
it  is  like  trying  to  project  n-dimensional  forms  (the  concept  structures, 
which  we  have  seen  can  be  related  with  many  many  nonintersecting  links) 
onto  a  one-dimensional  form  (the  serial  string  of  symbols) ,  where  the 


90 


human  memory  and  visualization  has  to  hold  and  picture  the  links  and 
relationships.  I  guess  that  * s  a  natural  feeling,  though.  One  gets 
impatient  any  time  he  is  forced  into  a  restricted  or  primitive  mode  of 
operation — except  perhaps  for  recreational  purposes. 

"l!m  sure  that  youTve  had  the  experience  of  working  over  a 
journal  article  to  get  comprehension  and  perhaps  some  special-purpose 
conclusions  that  you  can  integrate  into  your  own  work.  Well,  when  you 
ever  get  handy  at  roaming  over  the  type  of  symbol  structure  which  we  have 
been  showing  here,  and  you  turn  for  this  purpose  to  another  person Ts 
work  that  is  structured  in  this  way,  you  will  find  a  terrific  difference 
there  in  the  ease  of  gaining  comprehension  as  to  what  he  has  done  and 
why  he  has  done  it,  and  of  isolating  what  you  want  to  use  and  making  sure 
of  the  conditions  under  which  you  can  use  it.  This  is  true  even  if  you 
find  his  structure  left  in  the  condition  in  which  he  has  been  working 
on  it--that  is,  with  no  special  provisions  for  helping  an  outsider  find 
his  way  around.  But  we  have  learned  quite  a  few  simple  tricks  for  leaving 
appended  road  signs,  supplementary  information,  questions,  and  auxiliary 
links  on  our  working  structures — in  such  a  manner  that  they  never  get  in 
our  way  as  we  work — so  that  the  visitor  to  our  structure  can  gain  his  com¬ 
prehension  and  isolate  what  he  wants  in  marvelously  short  order.  Some 
of  these  techniques  are  quite  closely  related  to  those  used  in  automated- 
instruction  programming — perhaps  you  know  about  teaching  machines?’ 

’What  we  found  ourselves  doing,  when  having  to  do  any  extensive 
digesting  of  journal  articles,  was  to  type  large  batches  of  the  text 
verbatim  into  computer  store.  It  is  so  nice  to  be  able  to  tear  it  apart, 
establish  our  own  definitions  and  substitute,  restructure,  append  notes, 
and  so  forth,  in  pursuit  of  comprehension,  that  it  was  generally  well 
worth  the  trouble.  The  keyset  shorthand  made  this  reasonably  practical. 
But  the  project  now  has  an  optical  character  reader  that  will  convert 
our  external  references  into  machine  code  for  us.  The  references  are 
available  for  study  in  original  serial  form  on  our  screens,  but  any 
structuring  and  tagging  done  by  a  previous  reader,  or  ourselves,  can  also 
be  utilized. 


91 


"A  number  of  us  here  are  using  the  augmented  systems  for  our 
project  research,  and  we  find  that  after  a  few  passes  through  a  reference, 
we  very  rarely  go  back  to  it  in  its  original  form.  It  sits  in  the  ar¬ 
chives  like  an  orange  rind,  with  most  of  the  real  juice  squeezed  out. 

The  contributions  from  these  references  form  sturdy  members  of  our 
structure,  and  are  duly  tagged  as  to  source  so  that  acknowledgment  is 
always  implicitly  noted.  The  analysis  and  digestion  that  any  of  us  makes 
on  such  a  reference  is  fully  available  to  the  others.  It  is  rather 
amazing  how  much  superfluous  verbiage  is  contained  in  those  papers 
merely  to  try  to  make  up  for  the  pitifully  sparse  possibilities  available 
for  symbol  structuring  in  printed  text.” 

6 .  Process  Structuring 

There  was  a  slight  pause  while  Joe  apparently  was  reflecting 
upon  something.  He  started  to  speak,  thought  differently  of  it,  and 
turned  to  flash  something  on  a  screen.  You  looked  quickly,  anticipating 
that  now  you  would  comprehend.  Well,  more  of  the  display  looked  meaning¬ 
ful  to  you  than  when  you  had  first  watched  him  going  about  his  work,  but 
you  realized  that  you  were  still  a  bit  uneducated.  ”lTve  developed  a 
sequence  for  presenting  the  different  basic  features  of  our  augmentation 
system  that  seems  to  work  pretty  well,  and  I  just  wanted  to  be  sure  I 
was  still  following  it  reasonably  closely.” 

He  noticed  you  wrinkle  your  face  as  you  looked  at  the  display. 

It’s  time  to  shift  the  topic  a  bit,  and  some  of  the  things  on  the  screen 
that  are  probably  puzzling  you  can  make  a  starting  point  for  a  new  dis¬ 
cussion  phase.  See,  when  I  outlined  a  delivery  for  giving  a  feel  for 
these  techniques  to  the  uninitiated,  I  could  have  sketched  out  the 
subject  matter  in  a  skeletal  argument  structure.  From  what  we've 
been  through  so  far,  you  might  expect  it  to  be  like  that.  What  I  did, 
though,  was  to  treat  the  matter  as  a  process  that  I  was  going  to  execute — 
the  process  of  giving  you  a  lecture  demonstration.  It  is  a  rather 
trivial  exercise  of  the  techniques  we  have  for  developing  and  manipulating 
processes,  but  anyway  that's  the  form  I  chose  for  making  the  notes. 


92 


TA  process  is  something  that  is  designed,  built,  and  used — as  is 
any  tool.  In  the  general  sense  in  which  we  consider  processes  to  be  a 
part  of  our  augmentation  system,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  there 
be  effective  capability  for  designing  and  building  processes  as  well  as 
for  using  them.  For  one  thing,  the  laying  out  of  objectives  and  a 
method  of  approach  for  a  problem  represent  a  form  of  process  design  and 
building,  to  our  way  of  looking  at  it.  And  an  independent  problem  solver 
certainly  has  to  have  this  capability.  Indeed,  we  find  that  designing 
and  coordinating  one’s  sequence  of  steps,  in  high  levels  or  in  low  levels 
of  such  process  structuring,  is  an  extremely  important  part  of  the  total 
activity. 

One  of  our  research  guys  in  the  early  phases  of  our  augmentation 
development  was  considered  (then)  to  be  a.  bug  on  this  topic.  He  main¬ 
tained  that  about  ten  percent  of  the  little  steps  we  took  all  day  accounted 
for  ninety  percent  of  the  progress  toward  the  goals  we  claimed  to  pur¬ 
sue  that  is,  that  ninety  percent  of  our  actions  and  thoughts  were 
coupled  to  our  net  progress  in  only  a  very  feeble  way.  Well,  we  can’t 
analyze  the  old  ways  of  doing  things  very  accurately  to  check  his  esti¬ 
mated  figures,  but  we  certainly  have  come  to  be  in  general  sympathy  with 
his  stand.  We  have  developed  quite  a  few  concepts  and  methods  for  using 
the  computer  system  to  help  us  plan  and  supervise  sophisticated  courses 
of  action,  to  monitor  and  evaluate  what  we  do,  and  to  use  this  infor¬ 
mation  as  direct  feedback  for  modifying  our  planning  techniques  in  the 
future. 

There  are,  of  course,  the  explicit  computer  processes  which  we 
use,  and  which  our  philosophy  requires  the  augmented  man  to  be  able  to 
design  and  build  for  himself.  A  number  of  people,  outside  our  research 
group  here,  maintain  stoutly  that  a  practical  augmentation  system  should 
not  require  the  human  to  have  to  do  any  computer  programming — they  feel 
that  this  is  too  specialized  a  capability  to  burden  people  with.  Well, 
what  that  means  in  our  eyes,  if  translated  to  a  home  workshop,  would  be 
like  saying  that  you  can't  require  the  operating  human  to  know  how  to 
adjust  his  tools,  or  set  up  jigs,  or  change  drill  sizes,  and  the  like. 


93 


V 

\ 

You  can  see  there  that  these  skills  are  easy  to  learn  in  the  context  of 
what  the  human  has  to  learn  anyway  about  using  the  tools,  and  that  they 
provide  for  much  greater  flexibility  in  finding  convenient  ways  to  use 
the  tools  to  help  shape  materials. 

"it  won't  take  too  much  time  to  give  you  a  feel  for  the  helpful 
methods  we  have  for  working  on  computer-process  structures — or  programs — 
because  there  is  quite  a  bit  of  similarity  in  concept  to  what  you  have 
seen  in  the  symbol-structuring  techniques.  No  matter  what  language  you 
use  whether  machine  language,  list  language,  or  ALGOL,  for  instance — you 
build  up  the  required  process  structure  by  organizing  statements  in  that 
language.  Each  statement  specifies  a  given  process  to  your  computer. 

Well,  you  have  already  seen  how  you  can  get  help  in  developing  precise 
and  powerful  statements,  or  in  gaining  quick  comprehension  of  state¬ 
ments,  by  charting  or  diagramming  them  and  using  special  links  between 
the  different  parts.  ’Look  here,.'*  And  he  went  after  what  he  said  was 
a  typical  process  structure,  to  give  you  an  example  of  what  he  was 
talking  about.  In  several  brief,  successive  frame  displays,  before  he 
got  to  the  one  he  wanted,  you  got  glimpses  of  network  schematics  that 
reminded  you  of  those  used  in  symbol  structuring.  But,  what  he  finally 
had  on  the  display  frame  was  quite  different  from  the  argument  statements 
you  had  seen. 

MIn  explaining  symbol-structuring  to  you,  I  used  the  likely 
questions,  ’What’s  this?’  'How  come?’  and  ’So  what?’  to  point  out  the 
usefulness  of  some  of  our  structuring  methods.  Here,  in  process 
structuring,  corresponding  questions  about  a  statement  might  be:  ’What 
does  it  say  to  do?’  ’What  effect  will  that  have?’  and  'Why  do  we  want 
that  done?’  Let’s  take  a  quick  look  at  some  of  the  ways  you  can  get 
help  in  answering  them. 

The  language  used  to  compose  these  process-description  statements 
for  the  computer  is  considerably  more  compact  and  precise  than  is  a 
natural  language,  such  as  English,  and  there  is  correspondingly  less 
advantage  to  be  gained  by  appending  special  links  and  tags  for  giving 
us  humans  a  better  grasp  of  their  meaning.  However,  as  you  see  in  this 


94 


left-hand  section  of  the  statement  portrayal,  geometrical  grouping, 
linking,  and  positioning  of  the  statement  components  are  used  in  the 
blown-up  statement  display.  But  this  portrayal  doesn't  stem  from  special 
appended  information,  it  can  be  laid  out  like  this  automatically  by  the 
computer,  just  from  the  cues  it  gets  from  the  necessary  symbol  components 
of  the  statement.  The  different  significant  relationships  are  more  per¬ 
ceptible  to  a  human  in  this  way  of  laying  it  out,  and  an  experienced 
human  thus  gets  quite  a  bit  of  help  in  answering  the  first  question: 

'What  does  it  say  to  do?' 

"For  the  second  question,  relative  to  what  effect  the  specified 
action  will  have,  some  of  these  symbols  to  the  right  give  you  a  quick 
story  about  the  very  detailed  and  immediate  effect  on  the  state  of  the 
symbol  structure  which  this  process  structure  is  manipulating.  Other 
symbols  here  provide  keys  which  a  light-pen  selection  can  activate  to 
bring  to  you  displays  of  that  symbol  structure,  usually  a  choice  of 
several  relevant  views  at  different  levels  of  the  structure.  Then  I  can 
use  the  keyset  to  ask  for  the  preceding  statement,  if  I'm  a  little 
puzzled  about  the  detailed  manipulation — or,  I  can  request  a  specific 
higher-level  view  of  the  process  structure  by  light-pen  selection  on 
one  of  these  remaining  symbols  here.11 

So  saying,  Joe  selected  one  of  these  symbols  with  his  pen,  and 
a  new  and  different  display  popped  into  view.  "This  is  the  next  level  up 
in  the  process  structure.  It  consists  of  lists  of  compactly  abbreviated 
statements,  and  some  condensed  notes  about  their  effects.  If  we  want,  we 
can  blow  up  one  at  a  time  as  we  study  over  the  list.  In  this  context, 
one  can  get  some  answer  to  the  larger  picture  of  what  effect  will  a  given 
statement  have,  and  also  some  answer  to  the  question  about  why  we  want  a 
given  effect  produced.  But  this  is  a  sort  of  a  holdover  from  old  pro¬ 
gramming  habits,  and  most  of  us  nowadays  are  making  considerably  more  use 
of  the  schematic  techniques  that  evolved  out  of  the  program  flow-charting 
techniques  and  out  of  our  symbol-structuring  techniques, 

"i  know  that  you  have  less  previous  familiarity  with  the  nature 
of  programs  than  you  do  with  the  nature  of  arguments,  so  I'll  just  give 


95 


you  a  few  quick  views  of  what  these  process-structure  schematic  portrayals 
look  like,  and  not  try  to  explain  them  in  any  detail/'  He  flashed  a  few 
on  the  screen,  and  indicated  how  some  of  the  different  features  could  give 
the  human  a  quick  appreciation  of  how  different  component  processes  were 
cooperating  to  produce  a  more  sophisticated  process.  You  could  appreciate 
some  of  the  tricks  of  linking  in  explanatory  and  descriptive  substructures, 
and  the  general  means  of  using  all  the  different  symbol- structuring  tricks 
for  representing  to  the  human  the  considerations,  critical  features,  and 
interdependencies  involved  in  the  process  structure. 

Most  of  this  portrayal  technique  actually  represents  special 
structuring  of  what  we  previously  defined  in  a  loose  way  as  arguments. 

The  human  who  wants  to  approach  an  established  process  structure  in  order 
to  modify  it,  needs  to  gain  comprehension  of  the  relevant  features  both 
of  the  functioning  and  of  the  design  of  the  structure.  You  saw  how  this 
could  be  facilitated  by  our  symbol-structuring  techniques.  And  if  he  is 
building  a  new  process  structure  or  changing  an  existing  one,  he  needs  to 
structure  the  argument  or  reasoning  behind  the  design.  We  have  developed 
a  number  of  special  symbol-structuring  techniques  that  allow  us  to  match 
especially  well  to  the  concepts  involved  in  designing  processes. 

But  there  is  a  very  significant  feature  involved  in  this 
particular  type  of  process  structuring  that  I  should  tell  you  about. 

It  is  based  upon  the  fact  that  the  process-description  language  for  the 
computer  is  formal  and  precise.  Because  of  this  fact,  we  can  establish 
explicit  rules  for  treating  statements  in  this  language,  and  for  treating 
symbol  structures  composed  of  these  statements,  such  that  computer  pro¬ 
cesses  based  upon  these  rules  can  be  said  to  extract  meaning  from  these 
statements  and  to  do  operations  based  upon  this  meaning.  The  result  is 
that  the  computer  is  able  to  find  answers  to  a  much  wider  range  of 
questions  about  a  specified  process  structure  than  it  could  if  only  the 
structural  characteristics  were  discernible  to  it. 

In  our  studying  and  designing  process  structures,  we  have  found 
many  ways  to  capitalize  upon  this  more  sophisticated  question-answering 
capability  now  possessed  by  the  computer.  We  are  learning,  for  instance, 


96 


how  to  get  the  computer  to  decide  whether  or  not  some  types  of  design 
specifications  are  met,  and  if  not,  where  the  limitation  exists.  Or, 
perhaps  we  approach  an  already  designed  process  structure  which  we  think 
we  can  modify,  or  from  which  we  can  extract,  some  useful  sub-process  that 
we  contemplate  incorporating  into  another  process  we  are  designing.  We 
are  getting  terrific  help  in  this  type  of  instance,  since  we  can  now  ask 
the  computer  direct  questions  about  types  of  capability  and  limitation 
in  this  structure.  The  computer  can  even  lead  us  directly  to  the 
particular  design  features  from  which  these  capabilities  or  limitations 
stem,  and  it  is  simple  then  to  examine  the  descriptive  and  explanatory 
arguments  linked  thereto  in  order  to  see  why  these  features  were  designed 
into  the  structure. 

But  I  don’t  want  to  spend  a  disproportionate  amount  of  time 
on  the  computer  processes.  The  augmented  man  is  engaged  more  often  in 
structuring  what  we  call  composite  processes  than  he  is  in  structuring 
computer  processes.  For  instance,  planning  a  research  project,  or  a 
day’s  work,  are  examples  of  structuring  composite  processes.  A  com¬ 
posite  process,  remember,  is  organized  from  both  human  processes  and 
computer  processes — which  includes,  of  course,  the  possible  inclusion  of 
lower-order  composite  processes.  The  structuring  here  differs  from  that 
of  a  computer  process  mainly  in  the  sophistication  of  the  sub-processes 
which  can  be  specified  for  the  human  to  do.  Some  of  these  specifications 
have  to  be  given  in  a  language  which  matches  the  human’s  rich  working 
framework  of  concepts — and  we  have  been  demonstrating  here  with  English 
for  that  purpose — but  quite  a  few  human-executed  processes  can  be 
specified  in  the  high-level  computer-processing  language  even  though  we 
don’t  know  how  to  describe  them  in  that  language.  This  means  that  there 
are  quite  a  few  composite-process  structures  about  which  the  computer  can 
answer  very  useful  questions  for  us. 

But  to  be  more  specific--we  find  that  setting  up  objectives, 
designing  a  method  of  approach,  and  then  implementing  that  method  are  of 
course  our  fundamental  operating  sequence — done  over  and  over  again  in 
the  many  levels  of  our  activity.  We  mentioned  above  what  the  characteristic 


97 


structural  difference  was  between  computer  processes  and  composite 
processes.  But  perhaps  more  important  to  us  is  the  difference  in  the 
way  we  work  with  composite-process  structures.  Here  is  a  crude  but 
succinct  way  to  put  this.  With  the  human  contributing  to  a  process,  we 
find  more  and  more  as  the  process  becomes  complex  that  the  value  of  the 
human  s  contribution  depends  upon  how  much  freedom  he  is  given  to  be  dis¬ 
orderly  in  his  course  of  action.  For  instance,  we  provide  him  as  much 

help  as  possible  in  making  a  plan  of  action.  Then  we  give  him  as  much 

help  as  we  can  in  carrying  it  out.  But  we  also  have  to  allow  him  to 

change  his  mind  at  almost  any  point,  and  to  want  to  modify  his  plans. 

So,  we  provide  augmentation  help  to  him  for  keeping  track  of  his  plans— 
where  he  is  in  them,  what  has  been  happening  in  carrying  them  out  to 
date — and  for  evaluating  possibilities  that  might  occur  to  him  for 
changing  the  plans.  In  fact,  we  are  even  learning  how  the  computer  can 
be  made  to  watch  for  some  kinds  of  plan-change  possibilities,  and  to 
point  them  out  to  the  human  when  they  arise. 

Here*s  a  simple  example  of  this  sort  of  help  for  the  human. 
Last  winter,  we  designed  a  computer  process  that  can  automatically  moni¬ 
tor  the  occurrence  of  specified  types  of  computer  usage  over  a  specified 
period  of  time,  and  which,  from  the  resulting  data,  can  deduce  a  sur¬ 
prising  amount  of  information  regarding  how  the  human  made  use  of  that 
time.  This  was  quite  helpful  to  us  for  evaluating  our  ways  of  doing 
things.  Then  we  added  more  features  to  the  program,  in  which  the  com¬ 
puter  occasionally  interrupts  the  human* s  activity  and  displays  some 
questions  to  be  answered.  From  these  answers,  together  with  its  normal 
monitoring  data,  the  program  can  provide  evaluative  data  regarding  the 
relative  success  of  his  different  work  methods.  Our  augmentation  re¬ 
searchers  became  intrigued  by  this  angle  and  bore  down  a  little  on  it. 
They  came  up  with  a  package  process  which  gives  the  human  many  different 
types  of  feedback  about  his  progress  and  way  of  doing  things.  Now,  as 
part  of  my  regular  practice,  I  spend  about  five  minutes  out  of  each  hour 
exercising  with  this  package.  This  almost  always  reveals  things  to  me 
that  change  at  least  the  slant  of  my  approach  during  the  next  hour,  and 
often  stimulates  a  relatively  significant  change  in  my  short-range  plans. 


98 


You  appreciate,  of  course,  that  I  accomplish  many  more  meaning- 
ful  steps  in  an  hour  now  than  I  used  to,  or  than  would  be  your  norm  now. 
This  once-an-hour  review  for  me  now  might  compare  with  a  once-a-day 
review  for  you,  as  far  as  the  distance  travelled  between  reviews  is 
concerned. 

"Our  way  of  structuring  the  statement  of  our  objectives,  the 
arguments  which  lead  to  the  design  of  our  plans,  and  the  working  state¬ 
ments  of  our  plans,  has  been  influenced  by  this  review  process.  We 
found  special  types  of  tags  and  descriptive  codes  which  we  could  append 
to  these  respective  planning  structures  as  we  developed  them  which  later 
facilitated  our  man-computer  cooperative  review  of  them.  Also,  our  methods 
of  developing  these  structures  have  evolved  to  facilitate  their  later 
modification.  For  instance,  every  basic  consideration  upon  which  a  given 
planning  statement  is  based  is  linked  to  that  statement  as  a  matter  of 
standard  argument  structuring.  But  we  have  taken  to  linking  special 
tagging  codes  into  these  argument  structures  involving  our  planning,  to 
identify  for  the  computer  some  of  the  different  types  of  dependency 
relationships  in  the  antecedent  linkages.  Later,  if  we  consider  changing 
the  plan,  these  special  tags  often  enable  us  to  make  use  of  some  special 
computer  processes  that  automatically  isolate  the  considerations  relevant 
to  a  particular  type  of  change  we  have  in  mind. 

Maybe  an  example  will  help  here.  There  is  a  plan  I  am  currently 
using  for  the  way  I  go  about  entering  miscellaneous  scraps  of  information 
into  my  total  symbol  structure.  It  is  designed  so  that  there  will  be  a 
good  chance  for  these  scraps  later  to  be  usefully  integrated.  It  turns 
out  that  this  plan  is  closely  coupled  in  its  design  argument  to  the  general 
plan  for  reviewing  process  structures — and  symbol-structures,  too,  for 
that  matter.  Recently,  I  got  an  idea  as  to  how  I  might  add  a  little  feature 
to  that  process  that  specially  suited  my  particular  way  of  wanting  to  deal 
with  miscellaneous  thoughts  that  I  get.  By  various  means,  I  very  quickly 
learned  that  this  would  be  easy  to  do  if  I  could  but  reverse  the  order 
in  which  I  execute  the  sub-process  Steps  A  and  B,  when  I  enter  a  piece 
of  information .  I  had  to  find  out  if  I  could  safely  reverse  their  order 
without  getting  into  trouble  someplace  in  my  system. 


99 


"This  I  could  do  relatively  rapidly,  by  your  standards,  by 
snooping  down  the  antecedent  trails,  looking  for  statements  relevant  to 
this  timing  question.  There  is,  in  fact,  a  semi-automatic  processes 
available  to  me  for  speeding  just  such  searches.  The  computer  keeps 
track  of  where  I  have  looked,  where  I've  marked  things  as  yes,  or  no,  or 
possible,  and  does  the  bookkeeping  and  calculating  necessary  to  guide  me 
through  an  optimum  search  strategy.  But  the  special  tagging  we  do  when  we 
make  a  process  structure  lets  this  search  be  fully  automatic  when  certain 
kinds  of  relationships  are  involved — and  relative  timing  happens  to  be 
one  of  these  relationships. 

"So  I  phrased  a  question  which  essentially  asked  for  considera¬ 
tions  relevant  to  the  order  in  which  these  two  steps  were  executed,  and 
turned  the  computer  loose.  It  took  about  three  seconds  for  the  results 
to  be  forthcoming — you  haven't  yet  seen  me  request  a  task  that  took  a 
noticeable  period  of  machine  time,  have  you?  But  anyway,  the  computer 
discovered  a  relevance  trail  that  ended  up  showing  that  reversing  the 
order  of  Steps  A  and  B  during  the  information-scrap  entry  process  would 
criPPle  a  certain  feature  in  the  planning-review  process,  where  mis¬ 
cellaneous  thoughts  and  possibilities  are  gleaned  from  this  store  to  be 
considered  relative  to  the  planning. 

But  let's  try  to  back  away  from  details  for  a  bit,  now,  and  see 
if  we  can  get  a  feeling  for  the  significance  of  the  things  we've  been 
talking  about.  Comparison  with  other  working  domains  would  be  helpful, 
perhaps.  If  you  were  an  inventor  of  useful  mechanisms,  you  would  like 
to  have  a  wide  range  of  materials-processing  and  shaping  techniques 
available  to  you.  This  would  give  you  more  freedom  and  more  interesting 
possibilities  in  the  way  you  worked  and  designed.  But  many  of  these 
techniques  are  very  specialized;  they  require  special  equipment,  special 
skills  to  execute  the  processing  and  shaping,  and  special  knowledge 
about  applicability  and  possibilities  for  the  techniques. 

Suppose  you  were  told  that  you  could  subscribe  to  a  community- 
owned  installation  of  special  equipment — containing  all  sorts  of  wonder¬ 
ful  instruments,  tools,  and  machines  for  measuring  and  processing  with 


100 


such  as  chemical,  optical,  mechanical,  electronic,  pneumatic,  vacuum^ 
metallurgy,  and  human  factors.  But  this  wasn’t  all  that  was  included  in 
the  subscription.  There  would  be  a  specialist  assigned  to  you,  instantly 
available  for  consultation  and  help  whenever  you  requested  it.  He 
wouldn't  have  high-level  theoretical  training. ,  His  specialty  would  be 
familiarity  with  the  special  manuals  compiled  from  what  the  theoreticians, 
equipment  builders,  and  technicians  know,  and  being  able  to  pinpoint 
relevant  data  and  apply  complex  rules  and  specifications. 

"A  lot  of  questions  you  might  ask  he  couldn’t  answer  directly, 
but  in  such  a  case  he  could  often  lead  you  quickly  to  some  relevant  pages 
in  his  books.  You  discovered  that  usually  a  succession  of  well-chosen 
questions  of  the  sort  he  could  answer,  interspersed  with  your  occasional 
study  of  succinct  and  relevant  material  he’d  dig  up  for  you,  could  very 
rapidly  develop  answers  to  conceptually  sophisticated  questions.  His 
help  in  your  minute-by-minute  designing  work  could  be  extremely  valuable — 
availing  you  of  quick  and  realistic  consideration  of  a  great  many  new 
design  possibilities. 

"Similarly,  when  it  came  to  carrying  out  a  planned  set  of 
operations,  it  turned  out  that  he  couldn’t  carry  out  all  of  the  processes 
for  you — he  could  manage  complex  rules  and  procedures  beautifully,  but 
he  would  break  down  when  it  came  to  steps  that  required  what  you  might 
call  a  larger  view  of  the  situation.  But  this  wasn’t  so  bad.  The  set 
of  routine  processes  which  he  could  manage  all  alone  still  provided  you 
with  a  great  deal  of  help — in  fact,  you  got  to  developing  ways  to  build 
things  so  as  to  capitalize  upon  his  efficiency  at  these  tasks.  Then  the 
processes  which  were  too  much  for  him  would  be  done  by  the  two  of  you 
together.  He  filled  in  all  the  routine  stuff  and  you  took  care  of  the 
steps  that  were  beyond  his  capability.  Often  the  steps  you  had  to  take 
care  of  were  buried  in  the  middle  of  a  complex  routine  whose  over-all 
nature  didn’t  have  to  be  understood  by  either  of  you  for  proper  exe¬ 
cution.  Your  helper  would  keep  track  of  the  complex  procedure  and 
execute  all  the  steps  he  could.  When  he  came  to  a  step  that  was  too 
big  for  him,  he  would  hand  you  enough  information  to  allow  you  to  take 
that  step,  whereupon  he  would  take  over  again  until  he  met  another  such 
step. 


101 


"As  an  inventor  and  builder  of  devices  that  solve  needs,  you 
could  become  a  great  deal  more  versatile  and  productive,  applying  your 
imagination,  intuition,  judgment,  and  intelligence  very  effectively  over 
a  much  wider  range  of  possibilities.  You  could  tackle  much  more  complex 
and  sophisticated  projects,  you  could  come  up  with  very  much  better 
results  neater,  cheaper,  more  reliable,  more  versatile,  higher-quality 
performance  and  you  could  work  faster.  Your  effectiveness  in  this  domain 
of  activity  would  be  considerably  increased. 

So  letfs  turn  back  to  the  working  domain  which  we  are  con¬ 
sidering  here.  It  is  an  intellectual  one,  where  the  processing  and 
shaping  done  is  of  conceptual  material  rather  than  physical  material. 

But  between  these  two  types  of  working  domains  we  nonetheless  find 
closely  analogous  conditions  relative  to  the  variety  and  sophistication 
of  the  processes  and  techniques  applicable  to  what  nonroutine  workers  do. 
Consider  the  intellectual  domain  of  a  creative  problem  solver,  and  listen 
to  me  rattle  off  the  names  of  some  specialized  disciplines  that  come  to 
mind.  These  esoteric  disciplines  could  very  possibly  contribute  specialized 
processes  and  techniques  to  a  general  worker  in  the  intellectual  domain: 
Formal  logic  mathematics  of  many  varieties,  including  statistics — 
decision  theory  game  theory-time  and  motion  analysis — operations  re¬ 
search  classification  theory — documentation  theory — cost  accounting,  for 
time,  energy,  or  money — dynamic  programming — computer  programming.  These 
are  only  a  few  of  the  total,  I'm  sure. 

This  implies  the  range  of  potentially  applicable  processes. 
Realize  that  there  is  also  a  correspondingly  large  list  of  specialized 
materials  potentially  usable  in  the  fabrications  of  the  intellectual 
worker.  I  speak,  of  course,  about  the  conceptual  material  in  the  many 
different  fields  of  human  interest.  The  things  that  I  have  been  de¬ 
monstrating  to  you  this  afternoon  were  designed  to  increase  significantly 
the  range  of  both  processes  and  materials  over  which  a  human  can  practically 
operate  within  this  intellectual  domain.  You  might  say  that  we  do  this  by 
providing  him  with  a  very  fast,  agile  vehicle,  equipped  with  all  sorts  of 
high-performance  sensory  equipment  and  navigational  aids,  and  carrying 


102 


very  flexible,  powerful,  semi-automatic  devices  for  operating  upon  the 
materials  of  this  domain.  Not  only  that,  but  to  provide  an  accurate 
analogy,  we  have  to  give  him  a  computer  to  help  him  organize  and  monitor 
his  activity  and  assess  his  results.  We  get  direct  help  on  many  levels 
of  activity  in  our  system,  you  see. 

But  back  to  the  topic  of  tools,  and  the  analogy  of  the  in¬ 
ventor  who  was  given  the  equipment  and  the  helper.  Our  augmented  in¬ 
tellectual  worker  gets  essentially  this  same  kind  of  service,  only  more 
so — a  compounding  of  this  kind  of  service.  Structuring  our  processes 
with  care  and  precision  enables  the  computer  to  answer  limited  questions, 
to  guide  you  to  relevant  descriptions  and  specifications  within  its 
structure,  to  execute  complex  but  limited-grasp  processes  on  its  own,  and 
to  take  care  of  complex  rule  and  procedure-following  bookkeeping  in 
guiding  the  execution  of  sophisticated  composite  processes.  This  actually 
makes  it  practical  to  use  many  specialized  processes  and  techniques  from 
very  esoteric  fields — to  assess  their  applicability  and  limitations 
quickly,  to  incorporate  them  intelligently  into  the  design  and  analysis 
of  possible  courses  of  action,  and  to  execute  them  efficiently. 

"Our  specialized  processes  represent  a  beautiful  collection  of 
special  tools.  These  tools  are  designed  by  specialists,  and  they  come 
equipped  with  operating  instructions,  trouble-shooting  hints,  and  com¬ 
plete  design  data.  Furthermore,  we  are  provided  with  other  tools  that 
help  us  determine  the  applicability  of  these  tools  by  automatically 
operating  upon  the  instruction  manual  for  us.  Further,  if  something 
goes  wrong  with  one  of  these  tools,  if  we  want  to  design  a  new  tool  of 
our  own  and  make  use  of  one  of  its  modular  components,  or  if  we  want  to 
rearrange  some  of  its  adjustable  features,  we  get  considerable  help  in 
learning  what  we  have  to  know  about  its  design,  and  in  making  adjustments 
or  coupling  a  part  of  it  to  another  tool.  Our  shop  contains  an  efficient 
tool-making  section,  where  we  can  design  and  build  our  own  tools  from 
scratch,  or  by  incorporating  parts  or  all  of  any  other  tools  we  have. 

Let  me  tell  you  of  an  interesting  feature  stemming  from  my 
using  such  improved  process-structuring  techniques.  An  effective  job 


103 


of  breaking  down  a  complex  problem  into  humanly  manageable  steps — and 
this  is  essentially  what  we  seek  in  our  process  structuring — will  pro¬ 
vide  the  human  with  something  to  do  at  every  turn.  This  may  be  to  ponder 
or  go  searching,  true  enough — we  aren't  saying  that  the  steps  are 
necessarily  straightforward.  But  the  point  I  want  to  make  is  that  no 
longer  am  I  ever  at  a  loss  as  to  what  to  do  next.  I  get  stuck  at  times, 
to  be  sure,  but  when  I  do  I  have  clean  and  direct  ways  to  satisfy  myself 
that  I  should  just  beat  away  at  that  roadblock  for  the  time  being. 

"And  then,  for  beating  away  at  the  roadblock,  my  bookkeeping 
regarding  what  I've  tried,  what  possibilities  I've  collected,  and  what 
my  assumptions  and  objectives  are,  is  good  enough  to  help  tremendously 
in  keeping  me  from  getting  into  loops  and  quandaries,  in  carefully  ex¬ 
hausting  possibilities,  and  in  really  analyzing  my  assumptions  and 
objectives.  What's  more,  I'm  not  generating  reams  of  cyclic  arguments, 
lists,  calculations,  or  the  like — either  I'm  checking  the  validity  of  what 
I  ve  already  structured,  or  I  am  correcting  or  expanding  the  structure.  In 
other  words,  it  seems  that  the  growth  of  my  comprehension  is  sure  and 
steady  up  to  the  point  at  which  I  succeed  or  give  up.  If  I  give  up,  I 
leave  a  structure  which  is  very  well  organized  to  accommodate  a  subse¬ 
quent  revisit  with  new  data,  possibilities,  assumptions,  objectives,  or 
tools.  Also,  I  set  up  a  sentinel  process  that  will  operate  in  the 
future  to  help  alert  me  to  concepts  which  may  clear  the  block. 

This  feature,  of  always  having  satisfying  actions  to  perform, 
and  having  a  good  feeling  that  they  are  what  I  should  be  doing  at  that 
time,  gives  a  surprisingly  contented,  eager,  and  absorbing  flavor  to  my 
work.  I  guess  it's  an  adult  instance  of  the  sort  of  change  observed 
in  students  when  they  were  given  teaching  machines  that  provided  con¬ 
tinuous  participation  and  reinforcement. 

"Anyway,  with  the  quick  flexibility  available  to  me  for  structur¬ 
ing  arguments,  and  semi-automatic  application  of  special  tagging  and 
linking  rules,  I  find  it  really  quite  easy  to  construct,  use,  or  modify 
sophisticated  process  structuring.  And  I  can  turn  right  around  and  apply 
this  toward  improving  my  ability  for  structuring  arguments  and  processes. 


104 


The  initial,  straightforward  capabilities  for  manipulating  symbol 
structures,  that  were  more  or  less  obviously  availed  me  by  the  computer 
have  given  to  me  a  power  to  participate  in  more  sophisticated  processes 
that  capitalize  more  fully  upon  the  computer’s  capability — processes 
which  are  very  significant  to  my  net  effectiveness,  and  yet  which  weren’t 
particularly  apparent  to  us  as  either  possible  or  useful  in  the  days 
before  we  started  harnessing  computers  to  the  human’s  workaday  activities 
in  this  direct  way." 

7.  Team  Cooperation 

"Let  me  mention  another  bonus  feature  that  wasn’t  easily  fore¬ 
seen,  We  have  experimented  with  having  several  people  work  together 
from  working  stations  that  can  provide  inter-communication  via  their  com¬ 
puter  or  computers.  That  is,  each  person  is  equipped  as  I  am  here,  with 
free  access  to  the  common  working  structures.  There  proves  to  be  a 
really  phenomenal  boost  in  group  effectiveness  over  any  previous  form  of 
cooperation  we  have  experienced.  They  can  all  work  on  the  same  symbol 
structure,  wherever  they  might  wish.  If  any  two  want  to  work  simultan¬ 
eously  on  the  same  material,  they  simply  duplicate  and  each  starts  re¬ 
shaping  his  version — and  later  it  is  easy  to  merge  their  contributions. 
The  whole  team  can  join  forces  at  a  moment’s  notice  to  ’pull  together* 
on  some  stubborn  little  problem,  or  to  make  a  group  decision.  Most 
points  of  contention  are  resolved  quite  naturally,  over  a  period  of  time, 
as  the  developing  structure  of  argument  bears  out  one,  or  the  other,  or 
neither  stand. 

No  one  can  dominate  the  show,  since  seldom  do  you  have  to 
’listen’  to  the  person  concurrent  to  the  developments  he  is  pursuing — 
and  yet  at  any  time  another  person  can  tune  in  on  what  he  has  done  and 
is  doing.  One  can  either  take  immediate  personal  issue  with  another 
about  some  feature,  anywhere  in  the  structure  where  he  might  find  some¬ 
thing  done  by  the  other  to  which  he  wants  to  take  issue,  or  he  can  append 
his  objection  and  the  associated  argument  there  where  the  disagreement 
lies,  and  tag  this  with  a  special  cue  that  signals  a  point  of  contention 
that  must  ultimately  be  resolved.  Any  idea  of  the  moment  by  any  member 


105 


can  easily  be  linked  to  where  it  can  do  some  good.  It  gets  to  be  like 
a  real  whing-ding  free-for-all — tremendously  stimulating  and  satisfying, 
and  things  really  get  done.  You  find  yourself  ’playing  over  your  head1 
almost  all  of  the  time. 

"We  have  been  experimenting  with  multi-disciplinary  teams  and 
are  becoming  especially  excited  over  the  results.  For  instance,  there 
is  a  great  reduction  of  the  barrier  that  their  different  terminologies 
used  to  represent,  where  one  specialist  couldn’t  really  apply  his  experience, 
intuition,  or  conceptual  feel  very  well  unless  the  situation  could  be 
stated  and  framed  in  his  accustomed  manner,  and  yet  the  others  couldn't 
work  with  his  terminology.  Here,  they  meet  at  their  concept  and  termino¬ 
logy  interface  and  work  out  little  shifts  in  meaning  and  use  which  each 
can  find  digestible  in  his  system,  and  which  permit  quite  precise  de¬ 
finitions  in  each  system  of  the  terms  and  concepts  in  the  others.  In 
studying  the  other's  structuring  then,  either  of  them  can  have  his  own 
definitions  automatically  substituted  for  the  other's  special  terms. 

Reduce  this  language  barrier,  and  provide  the  feature  of  their  being 
able  to  work  in  parallel  independence  on  the  joint  structure,  and  what 
seems  to  result  is  amplification  of  their  different  capabilities. 

'Remember  the  term,  synergesis,  that  has  been  associated  in 
the  literature  with  general  structuring  theory?  Well,  here  is  something 
of  an  example.  Three  people  working  together  in  this  augmented  mode 
seem  to  be  more  than  three  times  as  effective  in  solving  a  complex 
problem  as  is  one  augmented  person  working  alone — and  perhaps  ten  times 
as  effective  as  three  similar  men  working  together  without  this  computer- 
based  augmentation.  It  is  a  new  and  exhiliarating  experience  to  be 
working  in  this  independent-parallel  fashion  with  some  good  men.  We 
feel  that  the  effect  of  these  augmentation  developments  upon  group 
methods  and  group  capability  is  actually  going  to  be  more  pronounced 
than  the  effect  upon  individuals  methods  and  capabilities,  and  we  are 
very  eager  to  increase  our  research  effort  in  that  direction." 


106 


8.  Miscellaneous  Advanced  Concepts 


I  have  dragged  you  through  a  lot  of  different  concepts  and 
methods  so  far.  I  haven’t  been  complete  because  we  won't  have  the  time. 

But  I  have  selected  the  sample  features  to  present  to  you  with  an  eye 
toward  giving  you  a  maximum  chance  to  identify  these  as  being  something 
significant  to  your  own  type  of  work.  I  avoided  discussing  techniques 
applicable  to  esoteric  problem-solving  processes — although  some  of  them 
display  especially  stimulating  possibilities  to  those  with  appropriate 
backgrounds.  The  ability  to  structure  arguments  organized  in  English- 
language  statements,  and  to  make  use  of  the  linking  and  tagging  capabilities 
at  all  levels  of  the  structure,  can  be  seen  to  lead  to  many  interesting 
and  promising  new  capabilities  for  organizing  your  thoughts  and  actions. 

I  think  you  could  picture  learning  these  tricks  and  using  them  in  your 
own  work. 

What  I  hoped  to  avoid  by  presenting  the  system  in  this  way, 
was  losing  your  identification  with  these  possibilities  by  letting  you 
get  the  mistaken  impression  that  an  individual  couldn’t  harness  these 
techniques  usefully  unless  he  first  learned  a  lot  of  very  sophisticated 
new  language,  logic  and  math.  It  is  true  that  the  more  of  the  sophisti¬ 
cated  tricks  you  learn,  the  more  computer  power  you  can  harness  and  the 
more  powerful  you  become — but  very  significant  and  personally  thrilling 
practical  problem-solving  capabilities  have  been  developed  by  quite  a 
few  subjects  who  were  given  only  fifteen  hours  of  training  at  one  of 
these  stations.  The  training,  incidentally,  was  all  provided  by  the 
computer  without  the  presence  of  a  human  instructor.  And  the  people 
were  of  such  diverse  fields  as  sociology,  biology,  engineering  manage¬ 
ment,  applied  mathematics,  and  law.  These  were  all  relatively  high-level 
people,  and  they  were  completely  and  unreservedly  unanimous  in  their 
faith  that  their  increased  capability  would  easily  justify  the  capital 
and  operating  outlay  that  we  predicted  for  work  stations  of  this  sort  in 
five  years,  if  the  computer  industry  really  were  to  take  this  type  of 
potential  market  seriously. 

MWhat  these  people  became  capable  of  was  somewhat  less  than 
the  range  of  capabilities  that  we  have  discussed  so  far — but  they  would 


107 


find  it  very  natural  to  develop  further  techniques  on  their  own,  and  new 
teaching  programs  could  be  provided  them  so  that  they  could  continue 
learning  the  improved  techniques  turned  out  by  a  research  group  such  as 
ours  here. 

But  let  me  give  you  a  brief  view  of  some  of  the  more  advanced 
concepts  and  techniques  that  have  evolved  here,  compatible  with,  but 
beyond,  what  I  have  so  far  shown  you,  And  evolved  is  a  good  word  to  use 
here,  because  our  appreciation  for  the  potential  worth  of  possibilities 
to  be  developed  had  to  evolve  too,  and  only  came  with  the  experience  and 
perspective  gained  in  our  earlier  work. 

"For  instance,  we  initially  felt  that  defining  categories  and 
relationships,  and  making  a  plan  for  action,  were  things  to  be  done  as 
quickly  as  possible  so  that  we  could  get  on  with  the  work.  But,  as  our 
means  developed  for  dealing  with  definitions  and  plans  more  precisely, 
easily,  and  flexibly,  we  began  to  realize  that  they  in  reality  might  be 
the  most  significant  part  of  that  work.  With  our  immensely  increased 
capability  for  complex  bookkeeping  relative  to  our  interlaced  hierarchies 
of  objectives,  plans,  and  arguments,  we  found  that  defining  a  new  cate¬ 
gory,  searching  for  members  or  instances  of  it,  or  applying  its  selection 
criteria  were  becoming  ever  conscious  and  specific  tasks. 

For  instance,  we  began  to  find  it  more  and  more  useful  to 
distinguish  different  categories  or  types  of  process,  different  types 
of  arguments,  different  types  of  relationships,  and  different  types  of 
descriptions.  For  a  specific  example,  Ranganathan  once  cited  five 
specific  relationships  that  could  obtain  between  two  terms,  where  one 
modifies  the  other.  He  called  these  phase  relations,  and  named  how  one 
term  could  relate  to  the  other  as  either  biasing  it,  being  a  tool  used 
to  study  it,  being  an  aspect  of  it,  being  in  comparison  with  it,  or 
influencing  it.  Vickery  gave  more  examples,  saying  one  could  also  have 
an  effect  on  the  other,  be  a  cause  of  it,  be  a  use  for  it,  be  a  substitute 


The  reference  is  to  p.  42  of  B,  C0  Vickery's  Classification  and  Indexing 
in  Science  which  is  Ref.  26  at  the  end  of  the  report . 


108 


for  it,  a  source  for  it,  an  implication  of  it,  be  an  explanation  of  it, 
or  be  a  representation  of  it.  There  are  even  more  categories  mentioned 
in  the  literature. 

"it  was  easy  to  form  tags  and  links,  and  we  experimented  with 
the  gains  to  be  made  by  consciously  specifying  and  indicating  categories. 

It  turned  out  to  be  a  very  invigorating  innovation,  and  we  began  to  take 
more  pains  with  our  structuring.  It  took  longer  to  set  up  links  and 
nodes  in  our  structures,  to  be  sure,  but  we  found  on  the  one  hand  that 
the  structures  became  much  cleaner  and  required  fewer  members,  and  on 
the  other  hand  that  we  could  get  considerably  more  sophisticated  help 
from  the  computer  in  doing  significant  chores  for  us. 

"We  began  to  work  up  processes  that  would  help  us  establish 
categories,  give  them  good  definitions,  check  their  relationship  with 
other  established  categories,  decide  whether  something  fit  a  given  cate¬ 
gory  or  not,  search  for  all  possible  members  of  it  within  a  given  sub¬ 
structure,  and  so  forth.  The  very  fact  of  using  this  careful  classifi¬ 
cation  within  our  structures  allowed  us  to  get  more  powerful  help  from 
the  computer  in  these  classification  processes.  I  should  mention  that 
the  relationships  among  the  terms  in  a  sentence — the  syntax  if  you  wish-- 
had  been  given  further  specification  tags  than  those  I  showed  you  earlier, 
to  remove  ambiguities  that  hindered  the  computer  from  going  back  to  a 
statement  and  resolving  the  syntactical  structure.  Also,  ambiguities 
in  the  meaning  of  the  terms  began  to  limit  us,  and  we  developed  methods 
for  removing  a  good  deal  of  this  semantic  ambiguity.  This  slowed  us 
down,  as  I’ve  mentioned,  but  not  as  much  as  you'd  think. 

Let  me  demonstrate  one  of  the  advanced  processes  which  has 

evolved.  It  is  heavily  dependent  upon  the  very  care  in  building  structures 

that  it  so  nicely  facilitates,  and  also  upon  several  other  developments. 

One  of  these  other  developments  stems  from  the  concepts  and  techniques  of 

the  semantic  differential,  as  first  introduced  by  Osgood,  Suci,  and 
*  _ 

Tannenbaum  back  in  1957,  and  from  some  subsequent  work  by  Mayer  and 


* 

The  reference  is  to  The  Measurement  of  Meaning,  which  is  Ref.  27. 


109 


* 

Bagley  on  what  they  called  semantic  models.  These  offered  useful 
possibilities  for  establishing  quite  precisely  what  meaning  a  concept 
has  to  an  individual,  relative  to  his  general  conceptual  framework,  and 
for  representing  this  meaning  in  a  specific  way  that  was  amenable  to 
computer  manipulation. 

"The  other  development  upon  which  this  process  to  be  exhibited 
is  based,  was  stimulated  by  our  realizing  that  flexible  cooperation  with 
the  computer  was  calling  for  lots  of  little  interactions.  Our  working 
repertoire  of  small-task  requests  for  computer  service  was  getting  quite 
large,  and  it  was  proving  to  be  extremely  valuable  to  use  them  and  to  be 
able  to  remember  automatically  their  procedures  and  designation  codes. 

One  of  our  research  psychologists  had  worked  on  human-memory  phenomena 
before  he  came  with  us,  and  had  interested  himself  in  mnemonic  aids  of 
all  sorts.  He  has  developed  some  useful  techniques  for  us  to  use  in 
connection  with  this,  and  other  problems.  Now  let  me  demonstrate  this 
example  of  an  advanced  process  for  helping  work  with  categories. 

"Suppose  that  I  want  to  establish  a  new  category.  Let’s  say 
that  I  have  developed  its  description  in  what  you  and  I  have  been  calling 
an  argument  structure.  I  want  to  give  it  a  name — a  short  and  meaningful 
one — and  I  want  a  good  definition.  In  fact,  I  want  a  definition  that  the 
computer  can  later  work  with.  Look,  I’ll  dig  up  a  description  that  is 
awaiting  such  a  definition,  and  you  can  watch  what  happens."  So  saying, 
Joe  drummed  on  his  keysets  for  a  moment,  with  one  interruption  when  the 
computer  flashed  something  on  the  screen  that  was  apparently  a  question 
about  what  he  was  asking  the  computer  to  find  for  him.  He  finally  had  a 
network  display  on  one  screen  and  a  set  of  "exploded"  statements  on  the 
upper  half  of  the  other. 

"I’m  initiating  the  naming  and  defining  process  now,  and  de¬ 
signating  to  it  the  argument  structure  represented  by  this  network  as 
what  I  want  named  and  defined.  Watch  what  happens."  A  few  more  strokes 


See  p.  104  of  Ref.  28. 


110 


on  the  keyset^  and  he  picked  up  his  light  pen  in  anticipation  and  waited 
a  few  moments.  A  statement  appeared  in  the  lower  half  of  the  second 
frame.  He  studied  it  a  moment;  then  looked  at  the  statements  above; 
picked  out  a  node  on  the  network  with  the  pen;  and  hit  the  keyset  a  few 
strokes.  Another  statement  flashed  on  almost  immediately;  with  two 
familiar  adjectives  placed  below  and  a  graduated  line  between  them.  Joe 
studied  this;  referred  to  the  statements  above;  flipped  through  several 
levels  of  network  portrayals;  through  a  few  statements  representing  a 
couple  of  low-level  nodes;  reflected  a  moment;  and  then  pointed  his 
light  pen  at  a  point  on  the  graduated  line;  part  way  between  the  adjectives; 
and  pressed  its  button. 

Actually;  right  now  I'm  demonstrating  a  cooperative  process- 
execution  technique.  This  process  is  applying  some  very  sophisticated 
criteria  and  using  some  very  sophisticated  analytical  techniques;  and 
it  is  set  up  so  that  it  is  actually  the  computer  that  is  now  in  the  exe¬ 
cutive  seat.  I  called  for  the  process;  but  its  execution  essentially 
involves  the  computer's  asking  me  questions;  and  feeding  me  successive 
questions  according  to  how  I've  answered  the  previous  ones.  It  also  is 
doing  a  lot  of  work  on  the  symbol  structure  that  represents  my  description. 
It;  with  some  small  help  from  me;  is  proceeding  through  a  quite  complex 
analysis  of  the  meaning  that  this  incipient  concept  has  to  me;  and  of 
certain  types  of  mental  associations  that  I  may  have  with  it.  I  don't 
have  to  remember  the  special  rules  and  forms  of  analysis  involved-— 
nevertheless;  a  very  sophisticated  little  capability  is  mine  to  use  at 
will;  taxing  neither  me  nor  the  computer." 

After  a  little  over  a  minute  of  these  question— answer  inter¬ 
actions;  the  process  apparently  terminated;  with  four  lines  of  special 
terms  remaining  on  the  screen.  ’This  first  line  gives  me  two  suggested 
names  for  this  category  or  concept.  The  first  term  is  a  newly  coined 
formal  name;  while  the  remaining  three  terms  represent  a  compound  ex¬ 
pression;  involving  established  concepts;  that  can  be  used  also  as  a 
designation  of  the  new  category.  The  second  line  furnishes  me  with  an 
association  chain  to  use  for  a  mnemonic  aid  in  remembering  the  new  name — 


111 


linking  the  name  to  several  characteristics  of  the  concept.  The  name 
itself  was  selected  under  mnemonic  criteria,  as  well  as  to  have  a 
structure  that  goes  with  its  syntactic  and  semantic  categories.  The 
third  line  lists  the  names  of  some  previously  defined  categories  or  con¬ 
cepts  that  are  the  closest  to  this  in  meaning — these  before  the  break 
were  found  to  overlap,  and  the  rest  are  just  close. 

"The  fourth  line  you  recognize  as  a  statement  form,  perhaps. 

This  is  the  definition,  as  developed  by  the  computer.  It T s  in  a  special 
language,  and  I  won’t  try  to  explain.  I'll  just  mention  that  I  can  now 
study  it,  take  it  apart,  check  its  references,  so  to  speak,  and  perhaps 
even  see  if  the  computer  and  I  might  work  out  any  changes  or  improvements. 
But  this  process  has  been  worked  on  pretty  hard,  and  we’re  getting  defini¬ 
tions  that  are  hard  to  improve. 

"This  special  language,  in  which  I  said  the  definition  was 
stated,  is  a  recent  development.  We  had  found  that  the  types  of 
structuring  we  were  developing  had  a  lot  of  extra  tags  and  links  that 
were  traceable  to  the  complexity  of  the  rules  and  combinatorial  possi¬ 
bilities  of  the  English  language  with  which  the  statements  were  constructed. 
We  finally  got  a  clear  enough  picture  of  the  requirements  we  place  upon 
a  language  in  our  use  here  that  we  could  consider  designing  our  own 
special  language.  It  turned  out  to  be  a  straightforward  and  rather 
simple  language  compared  with  English,  but  much  more  precise  and  power¬ 
ful.  It  proves  rather  inflexible  and  awkward  to  use  for  speaking,  but 
it  provides  plenty  of  flexibility  and  power  for  expressing  things  in  the 
visual-symbol  forms  that  we  use.  Its  precision  leaves  no  syntactic 
ambiguity  in  a  well-formed  statement,  and  makes  it  much  easier  to  reduce 
semantic  ambiguity  to  the  point  where  the  computer  can  deal  with  our 
statements  much  as  it  can  with  mathematical  or  formal-logic  expressions. 

"it  is  worth  mentioning,  too,  that  we  are  experimenting  with 
standard  ways  of  structuring  arguments  at  levels  higher  than  the  state¬ 
ments — sort  of  a  super  grammar  or  syntax,  with  rules  for  assembling 
argument  modules  of  different  function  into  what  becomes  a  well-formed 
higher-level  argument  module.  There  are  some  mixed  feelings  around  here 
about  this  possibility,  but  I  myself  have  become  very  much  excited  by  it. 


112 


"Also  we  have  been  introducing  formal  methods  for  manipulating 
what  you  might  call  reasonable  statements — as  opposed  to  absolute  true- 
false  statements  which  the  more  familiar  formal  logic  can  manipulate. 

This  finds  approval  and  faith  in  all  of  us  here,  but  it  is  going  a  bit 
slowly . 

"Let’s  run  over  some  of  the  results  we’ve  seen  to  date,  stemming 
from  this  new  language  and  the  new  semantic  awareness  thus  given  the 
computer.  If  it  can  get  hold  of  and  manipulate  important  aspects  of  the 
meaning  that  is  contained  in  our  structures,  it  can  develop  answers  to 
some  questions  for  which  there  existed  only  conceptually  implicit  data. 

With  practice  and  good  strategy,  asking  questions  like  this  proves  to  be 
a  tremendously  effective  way  to  gain  comprehension  about  a  structure.  We 
even  have  special  processes  and  symbol-structuring  methods  to  help  or¬ 
ganize  the  questioning  and  the  answers.  Some  of  the  answers  are  a  bit 
costly,  however — in  computer  time  and  charges — and  we  have  to  watch  the 
way  we  ask  questions.  Some  of  our  researchers  are  studying  the  language 
and  structuring  techniques  relative  to  this  problem,  and  they  think  they 
see  ways  to  change  them  to  make  question  answering  generally  more  efficient. 
But  this  sort  of  thing  will  likely  always  have  its  cost  problems,  as  far 
as  we  can  see  now," 

He  went  on  to  say  that  the  computer  now  represents  such  an 
intelligent  helper--although  much  less  so  than  any  human  helper  they 
would  hire--that  they  refer  to  it  as  the  Clerk.  They  can  make  a  tentative 
new  statement  in  the  development  of  a  structure,  and  have  the  clerk  look 
over  the  structure  to  detect  inconsistency  or  redundancy.  The  Clerk 
can  also  point  out  some  of  the  weaknesses  in  the  statement,  as  well  as 
some  of  the  effects  of  the  statement  upon  the  rest  of  the  structure.  They 
find  that  they  need  to  give  less  and  less  human  concern  for  the  details 
of  structure  building — in  fact,  the  roles  have  reversed  a  little.  Where 
the  human  used  to  set  up  tags  and  links  so  the  computer  could  find  its 
way  around  the  structure  as  it  ran  errands  for  him,  they  now  have  the 
computer  studiously  installing  similar  things  that  are  for  the  benefit 
of  the  human  when  he  is  studying  the  structure. 


113 


He  also  mentioned  a  recently  developed  computer  process  that 
could  go  back  over  a  record  of  the  human  actions  involved  in  establishing 
a  given  argument  structure  and  do  a  creditable  job  of  picking  out  the 
steps  which  contributed  the  most  to  the  final  picture — and  also  some  of 
those  that  contributed  least.  This  process,  and  some  of  the  past  data 
collected  by  its  use,  were  becoming  an  important  addition  to  the  planning 
review  sessions,  as  well  as  to  the  continuing  development  of  improved 
methods.  And  apparently,  it  had  a  surprisingly  positive  psychological 
effect  upon  members  of  a  cooperating  team,  where  an  objective  means  of 
relative  scoring  was  thus  available. 

Let  yourself  be  disengaged  now  from  your  role  in  the  above 
discussion-demonstration.  You  have  been  through  an  experience  that  was 
designed  to  give  you  a  feel  for  the  sort  of  future  developments  that  (to 
us)  are  predictable  from  our  conceptual  framework.  What  is  presented  in 
Section  II  is  an  attempt  at  giving  a  "straight"  presentation  of  the 
various  conceptual  segments  of  this  framework,  and  Section  III  hopefully 
supplemented  the  formal  presentation  to  provide  you  with  a  more  complete 
picture  of  how  we  are  oriented  and  what  sorts  of  possibilities  impel  us. 

Assuming  that  we  have  communicated  our  conceptual  framework  in 
some  reasonable  form,  we  proceed  below  to  discuss  the  question  of  what  to 
do  about  it.  Our  approach  to  this  question  is  with  the  view  that  ener¬ 
getic  pursuit  of  this  research  could  be  of  considerable  significance  to 
society,  and  that  research  should  stem  from  a  big  enough  picture  of  the 
over-all  possibilities  so  that  the  contribution  of  any  program,  large 
or  small,  could  have  maximum  long-range  significance.  Our  recommendations 
are  fairly  general,  and  are  cast  in  rather  global  terms,  but  we  assert  ' 
that  they  can  be  readily  recast  into  the  specific  terms  required  of 
research  planning  to  be  done  for  a  given  project,  within  a  given  set  of 
subgoals  and  research-activity  constraints.  In  fact,  we  are  now  engaged 
in  the  process  of  so  recasting  these  general  recommendations  into  specific 
plans  (for  the  experimental  research  to  be  pursued  here  at  Stanford 
Research  Institute) . 


114 


IV  RESEARCH  RECOMMENDATIONS 

A.  OBJECTIVES  FOR  A  RESEARCH  PROGRAM 

The  report  has  put  forth  the  hypothesis  that  the  intellectual 
effectiveness  of  a  human  being  is  dependent  upon  factors  which  are  sub¬ 
ject  to  direct  redesign  in  pursuit  of  an  increase  in  that  effectiveness. 

A  conceptual  framework  is  offered  to  help  in  giving  consideration  to 
this  hypothesis,  and  an  extensive  and  personalized  projection  into  possible 
future  developments  is  presented  to  help  develop  a  feeling  for  the  possi¬ 
bilities  and  promise  implicit  in  the  hypothesis  and  conceptual  structure. 

If  this  hypothesis  and  its  glowing  extrapolations  were  borne  out 
in  future  developments,  the  consequences  would  be  most  exciting  and 
assumedly  beneficial  to  a  problem-laden  world.  What  is  called  for  now 
is  a  test  of  this  hypothesis  and  a  calibration  on  the  gains  if  any  that 
might  be  realized  by  giving  total-system  design  attention  to  human 
intellectual  effectiveness.  If  the  test  and  calibration  proved  to 
be  favorable,  then  we  can  set  to  work  developing  better  and  better 
augmentation  systems  for  our  problem  solvers. 

In  this  light,  we  recommend  a  research  program  approach  aimed  at 
(Goal  1)  testing  the  hypothesis,  (Goal  2)  developing  the  tools  and  tech¬ 
niques  for  designing  better  augmentation  systems,  and  (Goal  3)  producing 
real-world  augmentation  systems  that  bring  maximum  gains  over  the  coming 
years  to  the  solvers  of  tough,  critical  problems.  These  goals  and  the 
resulting  design  for  their  pursuit  are  idealized,  to  be  sure,  but  the 
results  nonetheless  have  valuable  aspects. 

B.  BASIC  RESEARCH  CONDITIONS 

This  should  be  an  empirical  approach  on  a  total-system  basis — i.e., 
doing  coordinated  study  and  innovation,  among  all  the  factors  admitted 
to  the  problem,  in  conjunction  with  experiments  that  provide  realistic 
action  and  interplay  among  these  variables.  The  question  of  limiting 
these  factors  is  considered  later  in  the  section.  The  recommended  en¬ 
vironment  for  this  empirical,  total-system  approach,  is  a  laboratory 


115 


providing  a  computer-backed  display  and  communication  system  of  the  v 
general  sort  described  in  Section  III-B.  There  should  be  no  stinting 
on  the  capabilities  provided— it  is  very  important  to  learn  what  value 
any  given  artifact  feature  may  offer  the  total  system,  and  the  only  way 
to  learn  the  value  is  to  experiment  with  the  feature.  At  this  point  no 
time  will  be  taken  to  develop  elaborate  improvements  in  the  art  of  time 
sharing,  to  provide  real-time  service  to  many  users.  This  kind  of  develop¬ 
ment  should  be  done  as  separate,  backup  work.  The  experimental  lab 
should  take  the  steps  that  are  immediately  available  to  provide  all  the 
service  to  the  human  that  he  needs  in  the  experimental  environment. 

Where  economy  demands  that  a  computer  not  be  idle  during  the  time 
the  augmented  subject  is  not  using  it  (which  would  be  a  rather  large  net 
fraction  of  the  time,  probably) ,  and  where  sharing  the  computer  with 
other  real-time  users  for  which  demand  delays  are  a  problem,  then  the 
only  sharing  that  should  be  considered  is  that  with  off-line  computations 
for  which  there  are  no  real-time  service  demands  to  be  met.  The  computer 
can  turn  away  from  off-line  users  whenever  the  on-line  worker  needs 
attention  of  any  sort. 

C.  WHOM  TO  AUGMENT  FIRST 

The  experimental  work  of  deriving,  testing,  and  integrating  inno¬ 
vations  into  a  growing  system  of  augmentation  means  must  have  a  specific 
type  of  human  task  to  try  to  develop  more  effectiveness  for,  to  give 
unifying  focus  to  the  research.  We  recommend  the  particular  task  of 
computer  programming  for  this  purpose — with  many  reasons  behind  the 
selection  that  should  come  out  in  the  following  discussion.  Some  of 
the  more  direct  reasons  are  these: 

(1)  The  programmer  works  on  many  problems,  including  large 
and  realistic  ones,  which  can  be  solved  without  inter¬ 
action  with  other  humans.  This  eases  the  experimental 
problem. 

(2)  Typical  and  realistic  problems  for  the  programmer  to 
solve  can  be  posed  for  experimental  purposes  that  do 
not  involve  large  amounts  of  working  and  reference  in¬ 
formation.  This  also  eases  the  experimental  problem. 


116 


(3)  Much  of  the  programmer’s  working  data  are  computer  pro¬ 
grams  (he  also  has,  we  assume,  his  own  reasoning  and 
planning  notes) ,  which  have  unambiguous  syntactic  and 
semantic  form  so  that  getting  the  computer  to  do  useful 
tasks  for  him  on  his  working  data  will  be  much  facili¬ 
tated — which  helps  very  much  to  get  early  experience  on 
the  value  a  human  can  derive  from  this  kind  of  computer 
help. 

(4)  A  programmer’s  effectiveness,  relative  to  other  pro¬ 
grammers,  can  probably  be  measured  more  easily  than 
would  be  the  case  for  most  other  complex-problem  solvers. 
For  example,  few  other  complex  solutions  or  designs  be¬ 
side  a  program  can  so  easily  be  given  the  rigorous  test  of 
"Does  it  actually  work?" 

(5)  The  programmer’s  normal  work  involves  interactions  with 
a  computer  (although  heretofore  not  generally  on-line) , 
and  this  will  help  researchers  use  the  computer  as  a 
tool  for  learning  about  the  programmer’s  habits  and 
needs. 

(6)  There  are  some  very  challenging  types  of  intellectual 
effort  involved  in  programming.  Attempting  to  increase 
human  effectiveness  therein  will  provide  an  excellent 
means  for  testing  our  hypothesis. 

(7)  Successful  achievements  in  evolving  new  augmentation 
means  which  significantly  improve  a  programmer’s 
capability  will  not  only  serve  to  prove  the  hypothesis, 
but  will  lead  directly  to  possible  practical  appli¬ 
cation  of  augmentation  systems  to  a  real-world  problem 
domain  that  can  use  help. 

(8)  Computer  programmers  are  a  natural  group  to  be  the 
first  in  the  "real  world"  to  incorporate  the  type  of 
augmentation  means  we  are  considering.  They  already 


117 


know  how  to  work  in  formal  methodologies  with  computers, 
and  most  of  them  are  associated  with  activities  that 
have  to  have  computers  anyway,  so  that  the  new  tech¬ 
niques,  concepts,  methods,  and  equipment  will  not  seem 
so  radical  to  them  and  will  be  relatively  easy  for  them 
to  learn  and  acquire. 

(9)  Successful  achievements  can  be  utilized  within  the 

augmentation-research  program  itself,  to  improve  the 
effectiveness  of  the  computer  programming  activity 
involved  in  studying  and  developing  augmentation 
systems.  The  capability  of  designing,  implementing, 
and  modifying  computer  programs  will  be  very  important 
to  the  rate  of  research  progress. 

Workers  in  an  augmentation-research  laboratory  are  the  most  natural 
people  in  the  world  to  be  the  very  first  users  of  the  augmentation  means 
they  develop,  and  we  think  that  they  represent  an  extremely  important 
group  of  people  to  make  more  effective  at  their  work. 

D.  BASIC  REGENERATIVE  FEATURE 

The  feature  brought  forth  in  Reason  9  above  is  something  that  offers 
tremendous  value  to  the  research  objectives — i.e„,  the  feeding  back  of 
positive  research  results  to  improve  the  means  by  which  the  researchers 
themselves  can  pursue  their  work.  The  plan  we  are  describing  here  is 
designed  to  capitalize  upon  this  feature  as  much  as  possible,  as  will  be 
evident  to  the  reader  as  he  progresses  through  this  section.  This 
positive-feedback  (or  regenerative)  possibility  derives  from  the  facts 
that:  (1)  our  researchers  are  developing  means  to  increase  the  effective¬ 

ness  of  humans  dealing  with  complex  intellectual  problems,  and  (2)  our 
researchers  are  dealing  with  complex  intellectual  problems.  In  other 
words,  they  are  developing  better  tools  for  a  class  to  which  they  them¬ 
selves  belong.  If  their  initial  work  needs  the  unifying  focus  of  con¬ 
centrating  upon  a  specific  tool,  let  that  tool  be  one  important  to  them 
and  whose  improvement  will  really  help  their  own  work. 


118 


E.  TOOLS  DEVELOPED  AND  TOOLS  USED 

This  close  similarity  between  tools  being  developed  and  the  tools 
being  used  to  do  the  developing,  calls  for  some  care  in  our  terminology 
if  we  want  to  avoid  confusion  in  our  reasoning  about  their  relationship. 
"Augmentat ion  means"  will  be  used  to  name  the  tools  being  developed  by 
the  augmentation  research.  "Subject  information"  will  be  used  to  refer 
to  description  and  reasoning  concerned  with  the  subject  of  these  tools 
(as  opposed  to  the  method  of  research),  and  "subject  matter"  will  refer 
to  both  subject  information  and  physical  devices  being  incorporated  as 
artifacts  in  the  augmentation  means  being  developed.  "Tools  and  tech¬ 
niques"  will  be  used  to  name  the  tools  being  used  to  do  that  research, 
and  are  likely  here  to  include  special  additions  to  language,  artifact, 
and  methodology  that  particularly  improve  the  special  capabilities  exer¬ 
cised  in  doing  the  research. 

An  integrated  set  of  tools  and  techniques  will  represent  an  art  of 
doing  augmentation  research.  Although  no  such  art  exists  ready-made  for 
our  use,  there  are  many  applicable  or  adaptable  tools  and  techniques  to 
be  borrowed  from  other  disciplines.  Psychology,  computer  programming 
and  physical  technology,  display  technology,  artificial  intelligence, 
industrial  engineering  (e.g.,  motion  and  time  study),  management  science 
systems  analysis,  and  information  retrieval  are  some  of  the  more  likely 
sources.  These  disciplines  also  offer  initial  subject  matter  for  the 
research.  Because  this  kind  of  diagramming  can  help  more  later  on,  we 
represent  in  Fig.  3  the  situation  of  the  beginning  research  drawing 
upon  existing  disciplines  for  subject  matter  and  tools  and  techniques. 

The  program  begins  with  general  dependence  upon  other,  existing  dis 
ciplines  for  its  subject  matter  (solid  arrow)  and  its  tools  and  tech¬ 
niques  (dashed  arrow) .  Goal  1  has  been  stated  as  that  of  verifying  the 
basic  hypothesis  that  concerted  augmentation  research  can  increase  the 
intellectual  effectiveness  of  human  problem  solvers. 


119 


D  1 

A  1 

Existing  disciplines 

The  beginning 

relevant  to  Augmentation 

Augmentation- 

research,  providing  both 
subject  matter  and  tools 

_ s 

research  program, 

■ 

principally  in 

and  techniques 

pursuit  of  Goal  1. 

Fig.  3 

Initial  Augmentation-Research  Program 

F.  RESEARCH  PLAN  FOR  ACTIVITY  A  1 

The  dominant  goal  of  Activity  A  1  (Goal  1,  as  in  Fig.  3)  is  to  test 
our  hypothesis.  Its  general  pursuit  of  augmenting  a  programmer  is  de¬ 
signed  to  serve  this  goal,  but  also  to  be  setting  the  stage  for  later 
direct  pursuit  of  Goals  2  and  3  (i.e.,  developing  tools  and  techniques 
for  augmentation  research  and  producing  real-world  augmentation  systems) . 

Before  we  discuss  the  possible  subject  matter  through  which  this 
research  might  work,  let  us  treat  the  matter  of  its  tools  and  techniques. 
Not  too  long  ago  we  would  have  recommended  (and  did) ,  in  the  spirit  of 
taking  the  long-range  and  global  approach,  that  right  from  the  beginning 
of  a  serious  program  of  this  sort  there  should  be  established  a  careful 
and  scientific  methodology.  Controlled  experiments,  with  special  re¬ 
search  subjects  trained  and  tested  in  the  use  of  experimental  new  aug¬ 
mentation  means,  careful  monitoring,  record-keeping,  and  evaluative 
procedures,  etc.  This  was  to  be  accompanied  by  a  thorough  search  through 
disciplines  and  careful  incorporation  of  useful  findings. 

Still  in  the  spirit  of  the  long-range  and  global  sort  of  planning, 
but  with  a  different  outlook  (based,  among  other  things,  upon  an  increased 
appreciation  for  the  possibilities  of  capitalizing  upon  regeneration) ,  we 
would  now  recommend  that  the  approach  be  quite  different.  We  basically 
recommend  A  1  research  adhering  to  whatever  formal  methodology  is 
required  for  (a)  knowing  when  an  improvement  in  effectiveness  has  been 
achieved,  and  (b)  knowing  how  to  assign  relative  value  to  the  changes 
derived  from  two  competing  innovations. 


120 


Beyond  this,  and  assuming  dedication  to  the  goal,  reasonable  maturity, 
and  plenty  of  energy,  intelligence,  and  imagination,  we  would  recommend 
turning  loose  a  group  of  four  to  six  people  (or  a  number  of  such  groups) 
to  develop  means  that  augment  their  own  programming  capability.  We 
would  recommend  that  their  work  begin  by  developing  the  capability  for 
composing  and  modifying  simple  symbol  structures,  in  the  manner  pictured 
in  Section  III-B-2,  and  work  up  through  a  hierarchy  of  intermediate 
capabilities  toward  the  single  high-level  capability  that  would  encom¬ 
pass  computer  programming.  This  would  allow  their  embryonic  and  free 
wheeling  "art  of  doing  augmentation  research"  to  grow  and  work  out  its 
kinks  through  a  succession  of  increasingly  complex  system  problems — and 
also,  redesigning  a  hierarchy  from  the  bottom  up  somehow  seems  the  best 
approach. 

As  for  the  type  of  programming  to  tell  them  to  become  good  at — tell 
them,  "the  kind  that  you  find  you  have  to  do  in  your  research."  In  other 
words,  their  job  assignment  is  to  develop  means  that  will  make  them  more 
effective  at  doing  their  job.  Figure  4  depicts  this  schematically,  with 
the  addition  to  what  was  shown  in  Fig.  3  of  a  connection  that  feeds  the 
subject-matter  output  of  their  research  (augmentation  means  for  their 
type  of  programming  problems)  right  back  into  their  activity  as  improved 
tools  and  techniques  to  use  in  their  research. 


121 


If  they  are  making  head  way,  it  won't  take  any  carefully  worded 
criterion  of  effectiveness  nor  any  great  sophistication  in  measurement 
technique  to  tell  that  they  are  more  effective  with  the  augmentation 
means  than  without — being  quicker  to  "design  and  build"  a  running  pro¬ 
gram  to  meet  given  processing  specifications  or  being  quicker  to  pick 
up  a  complex  existing  program,  gain  comprehension  as  necessary,  and  find 
its  flaws  or  rebuild  it.  On  the  other  hand,  if  no  gains  are  really 
obvious  after  a  year  or  so,  then  it  is  time  to  begin  incorporating  more 
science  in  their  approach.  By  then  there  will  be  a  good  deal  of  basic 
orientation  as  to  the  nature  of  the  problem  to  which  "science"  is  to  be 
applied. 

What  we  are  recommending  in  a  way  is  that  the  augmented  capability 
hierarchy  built  by  this  group  represent  more  a  quick  and  rough  scaffolding 
than  a  carefully  engineered  structure.  There  is  orientation  to  be  de¬ 
rived  from  climbing  up  quickly  for  a  look  that  will  be  of  great  value. 

For  instance,  key  concepts  held  initially,  that  would  have  been  laboriously 
riveted  into  the  well-engineered  structure,  could  well  be  rendered  ob¬ 
solete  by  the  "view"  obtained  from  higher  in  the  hierarchy.  And  besides, 
it  seems  best  to  get  the  quick  and  rough  improvements  built  and  working 
first,  so  that  the  research  will  benefit  not  only  from  the  orientation 
obtained,  but  from  the  help  that  these  improvements  will  provide  when 
used  as  tools  and  techniques  to  tackle  the  tougher  or  slower  possibilities. 
As  progress  begins  to  be  made  toward  Goal  1,  the  diagram  of  Fig.  3  will 
become  modified  by  feeding  the  subject-matter  output  (augmentation  means 
for  computer  programmers)  back  into  the  input  as  new  tools  and  tech¬ 
niques  to  be  used  by  the  researchers. 

We  would  suggest  establishing  a  sub-activity  within  A  1,  whose  pur¬ 
pose  and  responsibility  is  to  keep  an  eye  on  the  total  activity,  assess 
and  evaluate  its  progress  and  try  to  provide  orientation  as  to  where 
things  stand  and  where  attention  might  be  beneficial. 

A  few  words  about  the  subject  matter  through  which  Activity  A  1  may 
progress.  The  researchers  will  think  of  simple  innovations  and  try  them 
in  short  order--and  perhaps  be  stimulated  in  the  process  by  realizing  how 


122 


handy  some  new  feature  would  be  that  would  help  them  whip  up  trial  pro¬ 
cesses  in  a  hurry.  They  will  know  of  basic  capabilities  they  want  to 
work  toward  for  structuring  their  arguments,  their  planning,  their  factual 
data,  etc.,  so  that  they  can  more  easily  get  computer  help  in  developing 
them,  in  analyzing  and  pursuing  comprehension  within  them,  and  in  modifying 
or  extending  them.  They  will  try  different  types  of  structuring,  and 
see  how  easy  it  is  to  design  computer  processes  to  manipulate  them  or 
composite  processes  to  do  total  useful  work  with  them. 

They  can  work  up  programs  that  can  search  through  other  programs 
for  answers  to  questions  about  them — questions  whose  answers  serve  the 
processes  of  debugging,  extending,  or  modifying.  Perhaps  there  will  be 
ways  they  adopt  in  the  initial  structuring  of  a  program — e.g.,  appending 
stylized  descriptive  cues  here  and  there — that  have  no  function  in  the 
execution  of  that  program,  but  which  allow  more  sophisticated  fact  re¬ 
trieval  therein  by  the  computer.  Perhaps  such  cue  tagging  would  allow 
development  of  programs  which  could  automatically  make  fairly  sophisti¬ 
cated  modifications  to  a  tagged  program.  Maybe  there  would  evolve  semi¬ 
automatic  super-compilers,"  with  which  the  programmer  and  the  computer 
leap-frog  over  the  obstacles  to  formulating  exact  specifications  for  a 
computer  (or  perhaps  composite)  process  and  getting  it  into  whatever 
programming  language  they  use. 

G.  A  SECOND  PHASE  IN  THE  RESEARCH  PROGRAM 

The  research  of  A  1  could  probably  spiral  upwards  indefinitely, 
but  once  the  hypothesis  (see  Section  IV-A)  has  been  reasonably  verified 
and  the  first  of  our  stated  objectives  satisfied,  it  would  be  best  to 
re-organize  the  program.  To  describe  our  recommendation  here,  let  us  say 
that  two  research  activies,  A  2  and  A  3,  are  set  up  in  place  of  A  1. 

Whether  A  1  is  split,  or  turned  into  A  2  and  a  new  group  formed  for  A  3, 
does  not  really  matter  here — we  are  speaking  of  separate  activities, 
corresponding  to  the  responsible  pursuit  of  separate  goals,  that  will 
benefit  from  close  cooperation. 

To  Activity  A  2  assign  the  job  of  developing  augmentation  means  to 
be  used  specifically  as  tools  and  techniques  by  the  researchers  of  both 


123 


A  2  and  A  3.  This  establishes  a  continuing  pursuit  for  Objective  2  of 
Section  IV-A,  A  2  will  now  set  up  a  sub-activity  that  studies  the  prob¬ 
lems  of  all  the  workers  in  A  2  and  A  3  and  isolates  a  succession  of 
capabilities  for  which  the  research  of  A  2  will  develop  means  to  augment. 
Activity  A  2  should  be  equipped  with  the  best  artifacts  available  to  an 
experimental  laboratory. 

To  Activity  A  3  assign  the  job  of  developing  augmentation  systems 
that  can  be  practically  adopted  into  real-world  problem  situations.  This 
provides  a  direct  and  continuing  pursuit  of  Goal  3  of  Section  IV-A.  It 
is  to  be  assumed  that  the  first  real-world  system  that  A  3  will  design 
will  be  for  computer  programmers.  For  this  it  might  well  be  able  to  clean 
up  the  "laboratory  model”  developed  in  A  1,  modify  it  to  fit  the  practi¬ 
cal  limitations  represented  by  real-world  economics,  working  environments, 
etc.,  and  offer  it  as  a  prototype  for  practical  adoption.  Or  Activity 
A  3  might  do  a  redesign,  benefitting  from  the  experience  with  the  first 
model . 

Activity  A  3  will  need  a  subactivity  to  study  its  potential  users 
and  guide  the  succession  of  developments  that  it  pursues.  Activity  A  2 
in  its  continued  pursuit  of  increased  effectiveness  among  workers  in 
idealized  environment,  will  be  the  source  for  basic  subject  matter  in 
the  developments  of  A  3,  as  well  as  for  its  tools  and  techniques.  From 
the  continuously  expanding  knowledge  and  developments  of  A  2,  A3  can 
organize  successive  practical  systems  suitable  for  ever  more  general 
utilization. 

We  have  assumed  that  what  was  developed  in  A  1  was  primarily  language 
and  methodology,  with  the  artifacts  not  being  subject  to  appreciable 
modification  during  the  research.  By  this  second  phase,  enough  has  been 
learned  about  the  trends  and  possibilities  for  this  type  of  on-line  man- 
computer  cooperation  that  some  well-based  guidance  can  be  derived  for  the 
types  of  modifications  and  extensions  to  artifact  capability  that  would 
be  most  valuable.  Activity  A  2  could  continue  to  derive  long-range  guidance 
for  equipment  development,  perhaps  developing  laboratory  innovations  in 
computers,  display  systems,  storage  systems,  or  communication  systems, 


124 


but  at  least  experimenting  with  the  incorporation  of  the  new  artifact 
innovations  of  others. 

An  example  of  the  type  of  guidance  derived  from  this  research  might 
be  extracted  from  the  concepts  discussed  in  Section  II-C-5  (Structure 
Types) .  We  point  out  there  that  within  the  computer  there  might  be 
built  and  manipulated  symbol  structures  that  represent  better  images  of 
the  concept  structures  of  interest  to  the  human  than  would  any  symbol 
structure  with  which  the  human  could  work  directly.  To  the  human,  the 
computer  represents  a  special  instrument  which  can  display  to  him  a 
comprehensible  image  of  any  characteristic  of  this  structure  that  may 
be  of  interest.  From  our  conceptual  viewpoint,  this  would  be  a  source 
of  tremendous  power  for  the  human  to  harness,  but  it  depends  upon  the 
computer  being  able  to  "read"  all  of  the  stored  information  (which  would 
be  in  a  form  essentially  incomprehensible  to  a  human) .  Now,  if  this 
conjecture  is  borne  out  there  would  be  considerably  less  value  in  micro¬ 
image  information-storage  systems  than  is  now  generally  presumed.  In 
other  words,  we  now  conjecture  that  future  reference  information  will  be 
much  more  valuable  if  stored  in  computer-sensible  form.  The  validity  of 
this  and  other  conjectures  stemming  from  our  conceptual  framework  could 
represent  critical  questions  to  manufacturers  of  information  systems. 

It  is  obvious  that  this  report  stems  from  generalized  "large-view" 
thinking.  To  carry  this  to  something  of  a  final  view,  relative  to  the 
research  recommendations,  we  present  Fig.  5,  which  should  be  largely 
self-explanatory  by  this  time.  Activity  A  2  is  lifting  itself  by  the 
bootstraps  up  the  scale  of  intellectual  capability,  and  its  products  are 
siphoned  to  the  world  via  A  3.  Getting  acceptance  and  application  of 
the  new  techniques  to  the  most  critical  problems  of  our  society  might 
in  fact  be  the  most  critical  problem  of  all  by  then,  and  Activity  A  4 
would  be  one  which  should  be  given  special  help  from  A  3. 

There  is  another  general  and  long-range  picture  to  present.  This 
is  in  regard  to  a  goal  for  a  practically  usable  system  that  A  3  would 
want  to  develop  as  soon  as  possible.  You  might  call  this  the  first 
general  Computer  Augmentation  System — CAUG-I  (pronounced  "cog-one") . 


125 


Attacking  the  critical  problems  of  our  society  that  are  discernible 
by  those  who  can  initiate  new  methods  toward  their  solution.  No 
dearth  of  such  now,,  but  expansion  and  re-ordering  of  the  list 
gradually  affected  by  A  4,  _ 


Isolating  critical  problems, 
and  educating  awareness  among 
those  who  can  initiate  pursuit 
of  their  solutions.  Among  these 
problems  are  assumed  to  be  those 
of  D  1  and  M  1,  as  well  as  the 
problems  of  clarifying  objectives 
and  allocating  available  resources 
towards  solving  critical  problems. 


Product-development  and 
manufacture  of  augmentation 
artifacts,  and  organizational 
and  economic  problems  of  es¬ 
tablishing,  staffing,  training 
and  operating  real-world 
augmentation  systems — all 
to  make  possible  wider  utili¬ 
zation  of  powerful  aug- 
mentation  systems, _ 


Special-application  research,  building  on  basic  LAM/T  developments  to 
derive  augmentation  systems  specifically  applicable  to  given  real-world 
problem-solving  tasks — among  the  first  of  which  are  those  of  A  4  and 
U  1.  Mostly  this  involves  expansion  of  language  and  methodology  in 
-^developing  appropriate  specialized  higher-level  capabilities. 


Basic  augmentation  research — empirically  and  total-system  oriented — 
where  the  special-capability  applications  selected  for  experimental 
development  (to  provide  necessary  research  focus)  are  picked  from 
among  those  critical  to  A  2  and  A  3.  Successful  techniques  are  adopted 
therein,  in  spirit  of  experimental  application  of  new  developments . 


Other  disciplines  relevant  to  basic  Aug*  Res/:  e.g.,  psychology, 
linguistics,  artificial  intelligence,  computer  technology  and 
programming,  display  technology,  automated  instruction 


Fig,  5 

A  Total  Program 

Suggested  relationship  among  the  major  activities  involved  in  achieving 
the  stated  objective  (essentially^  of  significantly  boosting  human  power 
in  A  4  and  U  1) .  Solid  lines  represent  subject  information  or  artifacts 
used  or  generated  within  an  activity,  and  dashed  lines  represent  special 
tools  and  techniques  for  doing  the  activity  in  the  box  to  which  they 
connect.  Subject  product  of  an  activity  (output  solid)  can  be  used  as 
working  material  (input  solid)  or  as  tools  and  techniques  (input  dashed) . 
Tools  and  techniques  as  used  or  needed  in  an  activity  (output  dashed)  can 
be  used  as  either  to  work  on  (input  solid)  or  as  tools  and  techniques 
to  work  with  (input  dashed) . 


126 


It  would  be  derived  from  what  was  assessed  to  be  the  basic  set  of 
capabilities  needed  by  both  a  general-problem-solving  human  and  an  aug¬ 
mentation  researcher.  Give  CAUG-I  to  a  real-world  problem  solver  in 
almost  any  discipline,  and  he  has  the  basic  capabilities  for  structuring 
his  arguments  and  plans,  organizing  special  files,  etc,,  that  almost 
anyone  could  expect  to  need.  In  addition  to  these  direct-application 
capabilities,  however,  are  provided  those  capabilities  necessary  for 
analyzing  problem  tasks,  developing  and  evaluating  new  process  capa¬ 
bilities,  etc. ,  as  would  be  required  for  him  to  extend  the  CAUG-I  sys¬ 
tem  to  match  to  the  special  features  of  his  problem  area  and  the  way  he 
likes  to  work. 

In  other  words,  CAUG-I  represents  a  basic  problem-solving  tool  kit, 
plus  an  auxiliary  tool-makers  tool  kit  with  which  to  extend  the  basic 
tool  kit  to  match  the  particular  job  and  particular  worker.  In  subse¬ 
quent  phases,  Activity  A  3  could  be  turning  out  successive  generations 
(CAUG-I I ,  CAUG-III,  etc.)  each  incorporating  features  that  match  an 
ever-more-powerf ul  capability  hierarchy  in  an  ever-more-ef f icient  manner 
to  the  basic  capabilities  of  the  human. 


127 


V  SUMMARY 


This  report  has  treated  one  over-all  view  of  the  augmentation  of 
human  intellect.  In  the  report  the  following  things  have  been  done: 

(1)  An  hypothesis  has  been  presented.  (2)  A  conceptual  framework  has 
been  constructed.  (3)  A  "picture”  of  augmented  man  has  been  described. 
(4)  A  research  approach  has  been  outlined.  These  aspects  will  be  re¬ 
viewed  here  briefly: 

(1)  An  hypothesis  has  been  stated  that  the  intellectual 
effectiveness  of  a  human  can  be  significantly  improved 
by  an  engineering-like  approach  toward  redesigning 
changeable  components  of  a  system. 

(2)  A  conceptual  framework  has  been  constructed  that  helps 
provide  a  way  of  looking  at  the  implications  and  possi¬ 
bilities  surrounding  and  stemming  from  this  hypothesis. 
Briefly,  this  framework  provides  the  realization  that 
our  intellects  are  already  augmented  by  means  which 
appear  to  have  the  following  characteristics: 

(a)  The  principal  elements  are  the  language  artifacts, 
and  methodology  that  a  human  has  learned  to  use. 

(b)  The  elements  are  dynamically  interdependent  within 
an  operating  system. 

(c)  The  structure  of  the  system  seems  to  be  hierarchical, 
and  to  be  best  considered  as  a  hierarchy  of  process 
capabilities  whose  primitive  components  are  the 
basic  human  capabilities  and  the  functional  capa¬ 
bilities  of  the  artifacts — which  are  organized 
successively  into  ever-more-sophisticated 
capabilities. 

(d)  The  capabilities  of  prime  interest  are  those 
associated  with  manipulating  symbols  and  concepts 


128 


in  support  of  organizing  and  executing  processes 
from  which  are  ultimately  derived  human  compre¬ 
hension  and  problem  solutions. 

(e)  The  automation  of  the  symbol  manipulation  associated 
with  the  minute-by-minute  mental  processes  seems  to 
offer  a  logical  next  step  in  the  evolution  of  our 
intellectual  capability. 

(3)  A  picture  of  the  implications  and  promise  of  this  frame¬ 
work  has  been  described,  based  upon  direct  human  communi¬ 
cation  with  a  computer.  Here  the  many  ways  in  which  the 
computer  could  be  of  service,  at  successive  levels  of 
augmented  capability,  have  been  brought  out.  This 
picture  is  fanciful,  but  we  believe  it  to  be  conservative 
and  representative  of  the  sort  of  rich  and  significant 
gains  that  are  there  to  be  pursued. 

(4)  An  approach  has  been  outlined  for  testing  the  hypothesis 
of  Item  (1)  and  for  pursuing  the  "rich  and  significant 
gains"  which  we  feel  are  promised.  This  approach  is 
designed  to  treat  the  redesign  of  a  capability  hierarchy 
by  reworking  from  the  bottom  up,  and  yet  to  make  the 
research  on  augmentation  means  progress  as  fast  as 
possible  by  deriving  practically  usable  augmentation 
systems  for  real-world  problem  solvers  at  a  maximum 
rate.  This  goal  is  fostered  by  the  recommendation  of 
incorporating  positive  feedback  into  the  research  develop¬ 
ment — i.e.,  concentrating  a  good  share  of  the  basic- 
research  attention  upon  augmenting  those  capabilities 

in  a  human  that  are  needed  in  the  augmentation-research 
workers.  The  real-world  applications  would  be  pursued 
by  designing  a  succession  of  systems  for  specialists, 
whose  progression  corresponds  to  the  increasing 
generality  of  the  capabilities  for  which  coordinated 
augmentation  means  have  been  evolved.  Consideration 


129 


is  given  in  this  rather  global  approach  to  providing 
potential  users  in  different  domains  of  intellectual 
activity  with  a  basic  general-purpose  augmentation 
system  from  which  they  themselves  can  construct  the 
special  features  of  a  system  to  match  their  jobs,  and 
their  ways  of  working — or  it  could  be  used  on  the 
other  hand  by  researchers  who  wanted  to  pursue  the 
development  of  special  augmentation  systems  for 
special  fields. 


130 


VI  CONCLUSIONS 


Three  principal  conclusions  may  be  drawn  concerning  the  significance 
and  implications  of  the  ideas  that  have  been  presented. 

First  any  possibility  for  improving  the  effective  utilization  of 
the  intellectual  power  of  society *s  problem  solvers  warrants  the  most 
serious  consideration.  This  is  because  man’s  problem-solving  capability 
represents  possibly  the  most  important  resource  possessed  by  a  society. 
The  other  contenders  for  first  importance  are  all  critically  dependent 
for  their  development  and  use  upon  this  resource.  Any  possibility  for 
evolving  an  art  or  science  that  can  couple  directly  and  significantly 
to  the  continued  development  of  that  resource  should  warrant  doubly 
serious  consideration. 

Second,  the  ideas  presented  are  to  be  considered  in  both  of  the 
above  senses:  the  direct-development  sense  and  the  "art  of  development" 
sense.  To  be  sure,  the  possibilities  have  long-term  implications,  but 
their  pursuit  and  initial  rewards  await  us  now.  By  our  view,  we  do  not 
have  to  wait  until  we  learn  how  the  human  mental  processes  work,  we  do 

to  wait  until  we  learn  how  to  make  computers  more  "intelligent" 
or  bigger  or  faster,  we  can  begin  developing  powerful  and  economically 
feasible  augmentation  systems  on  the  basis  of  what  we  now  know  and  have. 
Pursuit  of  further  basic  knowledge  and  improved  machines  will  continue 
into  the  unlimited  future,  and  will  want  to  be  integrated  into  the  "art" 
and  its  improved  augmentation  systems— but  getting  started  now  will 
provide  not  only  orientation  and  stimulation  for  these  pursuits,  but 
will  give  us  improved  problem-solving  effectiveness  with  which  to  carry 
out  the  pursuits. 

Third,  it  becomes  increasingly  clear  that  there  should  be  action 
now  the  sooner  the  better — action  in  a  number  of  research  communities 
and  on  an  aggressive  scale.  We  offer  a  conceptual  framework  and  a  plan 
for  action,  and  we  recommend  that  these  be  considered  carefully  as  a 


131 


basis  for  action.  If  they  be  considered  but  found  unacceptable,  then 
at  least  serious  and  continued  effort  should  be  made  toward  developing 
a  more  acceptable  conceptual  framework  within  which  to  view  the  over-all 
approach,  toward  developing  a  more  acceptable  plan  of  action,  or  both. 

This  is  an  open  plea  to  researchers  and  to  those  who  ultimately 
motivate,  finance,  or  direct  them,  to  turn  serious  attention  toward  the 
possibility  of  evolving  a  dynamic  discipline  that  can  treat  the  problem 
of  improving  intellectual  effectiveness  in  a  total  sense.  This  discipline 
should  aim  at  producing  a  continuous  cycle  of  improvements — increased 
understanding  of  the  problem,  improved  means  for  developing  new  aug¬ 
mentation  systems,  and  improved  augmentation  systems  that  can  serve 
the  world’s  problem  solvers  in  general  and  this  discipline’s  workers  in 
particular.  After  all,  we  spend  great  sums  for  disciplines  aimed  at 
understanding  and  harnessing  nuclear  power.  Why  not  consider  developing 
a  discipline  aimed  at  understanding  and  harnessing  Mneural  power?"  In 
the  long  run,  the  power  of  the  human  intellect  is  really  much  the  more 
important  of  the  two. 


132 


REFERENCES 


1*  Kennedy ,  J.  L.  and  Putt,  G.  H,,  "Administration  of  Research  in  a 

Research  Corporation,"  RAND  Corporation  Report  P-847  (20  April  1956). 

2.  Ashby,  Ross,  Design  For  a  Brain  (John  Wiley  &  Sons,  New  York  City, 

N.  Y. ,  1960). 

3.  Ashby,  Ross,  "Design  for  an  Intelligence-Amplifier,"  Automata 
Studies ,  edited  by  C.  E.  Shannon  and  J.  McCarthy,  pp.  215-234 
(Princeton  University  Press,  1956) „ 

4.  Korzybski,  A.,  Science  and  Sanity,  1st  Ed.  (International  non- 
Aristotelian  Library  Publishing  Co.,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania,  1933). 

5.  Whorf,  B.  L.,  Language,  Thought,  and  Reality  (MIT  &  John  Wiley  & 

Sons,  Inc.,  New  York  City,  N.Y.,  1956). 

6.  Bush,  Vannevar,  "As  We  May  Think,"  The  Atlantic  Monthly  (July  1945). 

7.  Newell,  A.  (editor),  Information  Processing  Language-V  Manual 
(Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  Englewood  Cliffs,  New  Jersey,  1961). 

8.  McCarthy,  J.,  "LISP  1.5  Programmers  Manual,"  Computation  Center  and 
Research  Laboratory  of  Electronics,  MIT  (14  July  1961) . 

9.  Gelernter,  H.,  HanSen,  J.  R. ,  and  Gerberich,  C.  L.,  "A  Fortran- 

Compiled  List-Processing  Language,"  Journal  of  the  Assoc,  for 
Computing  Machinery  (April  1960)  .  —  ——————— 

10.  Yngve,  V.  H. ,  "introduction  to  COMIT  Programming,”  Technical  Report, 
Research  Laboratories  of  Electronics  and  Computation  Center,  MIT 

(5  November  1961) . 

11.  Yngve,  V.  H. ,  "COMIT  Programmer's  Reference  Manual,”  Technical 
Report,  Research  Laboratories  of  Electronics  and  Computation  Center, 
MIT  (5  November  1961) . 

12.  Perlis,  A.  J.  and  Thornton,  C, ,  "Symbol  Manipulation  by  Threaded 
Lists,"  Communications  of  the  ACM,  Vol.  3,  No.  4  (April  1960). 

13.  Carr,  J.  W, ,  III,  "Recursive  Subscripting  Compilers  and  List-Type 
Memories,"  Communications  of  the  ACM,  Vol.  2,  pp.  4-6  (February 
1959)  . 

14.  Weizenbaum,  J.,  "Knotted  List  Structures,"  Communications  of  the 
ACM,  Vol.  5,  No.  3,  pp.  161-165  (March  1962 J~. 


133 


15. 


Licklider,  J,  C.  R.,  "Man-Computer  Symbiosis/’  IRE  Transactions  on 
Human  Factors  in  Electronics  (March  1960) . 

16.  Ulam,  S.  M. ,  A  Collection  of  Mathematical  Problems,  p.  135  (Inter¬ 
science  -Publishers,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y.,  I960). 

17.  Good ,  I.  J.,  "How  Much  Science  Can  You  Have  at  Your  Fingertips?" 
IBM  Journal  of  Research  and  Development ,  Vol .  2 ,  No.  4  (October 
1958) . 

18.  Ramo,  Simon;  "A  New  Technique  of  Education/1  IRE  Trans,  on 
Education  (June  1958)  . 

19.  Ramo,  Simon,  "The  Scientific  Extension  of  the  Human  Intellect/1 
Computers  and  Automation  (February  1961) . 

20.  Fein,  Louis,  "The  Computer-Related  Science  (Synnoetics)  at  a 
University  in  the  Year  1975,"  unpublished  paper  (December  1960). 

21.  Licklider,  J.  C,  R.  and  Clark,  W.  E.,  "On-Line  Man -Computer  Communi 
cation,"  Proceedings  Spring  Joint  Computer  Conference,  Vol.  21, 

pp.  113-128  (National  Press,  Palo  Alto,  California,  May  1962) . 

22.  Culler,  G.  J.  and  Huff,  R.  W„,  "Solution  of  Non-Linear  Integral 
Equations  Using  On-Line  Computer  Control,"  Ramo-Wooldridge,  Canoga 
Park,  California,  paper  for  presentation  at  SJCC,  San  Francisco 
(May  1962) . 

23.  Teager,  H.  M.,  "Real-Time,  Time-Shared  Computer  Project,"  report, 
MIT,  Contract  Nonr-1841 (69)  DSR  8644  (1  July  1961). 

24.  Teager,  H.  M. ,  "Systems  Considerations  in  Real-Time  Computer  Usage, 
paper  presented  at  ONR  Symposium  on  Automated  Teaching  (12  October 
1961)  . 

25.  Randa,  Glenn  C0 ,  "Design  of  a  Remote  Display  Console,"  Report  ESL- 
R-132,  MIT,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts  (available  through  ASTIA) 
(February  1962) . 

26.  Vickery,  B.  C. ,  Classification  and  Indexing  in  Science,  p.  42 
(Academic  Press,  Inc.,  New  York,  1959). 

27.  Osgood,  C.  E. ,  Suci ,  G.  J.,  and  Tannenbaum,  P„  H. ,  The  Measurement 
of  Meaning  (University  of  Illinois  Press,  Urbana,  Illinois,  1957) . 

28 •  Current  Research  and  Development  in  Scientific  Documentation  No.  6, 
NSF-60-25,  p.  104  (National  Science  Foundation,  May  1960) . 


134 


STANFORD 

RESEARCH 

INSTITUTE 


MENLO  PARK 
CALIFORNIA 


Regional  Offices  and  Laboratories 


Southern  California  Laboratories 
820  Mission  Street 
South  Pasadena,  California 

Washington  Office 

808  17th  Street,  N.W. 

Washington  5,  D.C. 

New  York  Office 

270  Park  Avenue,  Room  1770 
New  York  17,  New  York 

Detroit  Office 

The  Stevens  Building 
1025  East  Maple  Road 
Birmingham,  Michigan 


European  Office 
Pelikanstrasse  37 
Zurich  1,  Switzerland 


Japan  Office 

911  lino  Building 

22,  2-chome,  Uchisaiwai-cho,  Chiyoda-ku 
Tokyo,  Japan 


Representatives 


Honolulu,  Hawaii 

Finance  Factors  Building 
195  South  King  Street 
Honolulu,  Hawaii 

London,  England 
19  Upper  Brook  Street 
London,  W.  1,  England 

Milan,  Italy 

Via  Macedonio  Melloni  40 
Milano,  Italy 

London,  Ontario,  Canada 

P.O.  Box  782 
London,  Ontario,  Canada

---

## Backlinks

Pages that link here:

- [As We May Think](/docs/as-we-may-think.md) — Vannevar Bush's wartime essay imagining the Memex — a personal device for storing and associatively linking all of one's books, records, and communications.
- [Augmenting Human Intellect: A Conceptual Framework](/wiki/augmenting-human-intellect.md) — Engelbart's SRI report laying out a systematic program for using computers to raise human problem-solving capability.
- [Douglas Engelbart](/wiki/engelbart.md) — Inventor and researcher who turned the idea of augmenting human intellect into a working research program and the demos that defined modern computing.
- [Vannevar Bush](/wiki/vannevar-bush.md) — Engineer and wartime science administrator whose 1945 essay imagined the Memex, the conceptual seed of hypertext and the personal knowledge base.
